xe/EPA
 U.S. Army Corps
 of Engineers
             United States
             Environmental Protection
             Agency
             Office of Water (4305)
               Department of The Army
               US Army Corps of Engineers
EPA-823-B-98-004
February 1998
Evaluation of Dredged Material
Proposed For Discharge in
Waters of the U.S. - Testing
Manual

Inland Testing Manual

-------
                EVALUATION OF DREDGED MATERIAL
PROPOSED FOR DISCHARGE IN WATERS OF THE U.S. - TESTING MANUAL

                     (INLAND TESTING MANUAL)
                            Prepared by

               ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                           Office of Water
                    Office of Science and Technology
                          Washington, D.C.

                                and

                    DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
                  United States Army Corps  of Engineers
              Operations, Construction, and Readiness Division
                          Washington, D.C.

                            February 1998

-------
       The testing protocols set out in the Inland Testing Manual are intended solely as
guidance for use in conducting testing of dredged material to assess the potential for
contaminant-related impacts associated with dredged material disposal into open water.  The
Manual does not alter the statutory and regulatory framework for permitting decisions under
section 404  of the CWA.   Under that framework, testing is conducted in order to assist the
permitting authority in making factual determinations regarding the effect of the discharge on
the aquatic ecosystem, and in  determining whether the discharge will comply  with the
404(b)(l) Guidelines.  See 40 C.F.R.  230.10 and 230.11.  The  current regulations provide for
testing under certain circumstances, and this Manual provides suggested protocols to follow
once it has been decided that testing is  appropriate.  The Guidelines provide flexibility to the
permitting authority to decide, based upon the facts of a particular case, whether testing is
warranted.

       The Manual is intended solely as guidance.  The Manual is  not intended,  nor can it be
relied upon, to create any rights or obligations enforceable by any party.  The Manual
provides the best available technical guidance regarding how dredged material should be
tested. While it is generally anticipated that the Agencies will  follow  the procedures in this
Manual, Agency decision-makers retain the  discretion to adopt approaches on a case-by-case
basis that differ from the guidance in the Manual where determined to be appropriate. The
document does not, and is not intended to, impose any  legally-binding requirements on
Federal agencies, States, or the regulated community.

-------
                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                          Page No.

TITLE PAGE                                                                     i
TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                           ii
LIST OF TABLES                                                                vi
LIST OF FIGURES                                                              vii
PREFACE                                                                      viii
DEFINITIONS                                                                   xi
LIST OF ACRONYMS                                                            xxi
CONVERSIONS                                                                xxiii

PART I - GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

1.0          INTRODUCTION  	  1-1
1.1          Background	  1-1
1.2          Statutory/Regulatory Overview	  1-1
1.2.1        Statutory Overview  	  1-1
1.2.2        Section 404 Regulatory Overview 	  1-2
1.2.2.1              The Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines  	  1-4
1.2.2.2              Particulars of Sections 230.60 and 230.61  	  1-5
1.2.3        Relationship to Section 401 CWA Water Quality Certification	  1-6

2.0          SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY	  2-1
2.1          This Manual is Intended to Address:  	  2-1
2.2          This Manual is Not Intended to Address:  	  2-1
2.3          Dredged Material Discharge for Beneficial Uses 	  2-2
2.4          The Role of Biological Evaluations (Toxicity and/or Bioaccumulation Tests)
            in the Manual  	  2-2
2.5          The Role of Water and Sediment Chemical Evaluations in the Manual 	  2-4
2.6          Water Column Effects   	  2-4
2.7          Mixing	  2-5
2.8          Benthic Effects	  2-5
2.9          Management Options	  2-5
2.10         The  Relationship of the  Inland Testing Manual to Other  USACE/EPA
            Dredged Material Management Efforts	  2-6
2.10.1       Relationship of the Manual to the USACE/EPA Framework Document	  2-6
2.10.2       Relationship of the Manual to the EPA/USACE Green Book	  2-6
2.10.3       Relationship of the Manual to EPA's Contaminated Sediment Strategy and
            Sediment Quality Criteria	  2-7

PART II - EVALUATION OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

-------
                                          Ill

3.0          OVERVIEW OF TESTING AND EVALUATION	  3-1
3.1          Tiered Testing and Evaluation  	  3-1
3.2          Control and Reference Sediments	  3-2
3.2.1         Reference Sediment Sampling	  3-6
3.2.2         Reference Sediment Sampling Plan	  3-7

4.0          TIER I EVALUATION  	  4-1
4.1          Compilation of Existing Information	  4-3
4.2          Identification of Contaminants of Concern 	  4-6
4.2.1         Microbial Contamination  	  4-7
4.2.2         Chemical Contamination  	  4-8
4.3          Tier I Conclusions  	  4-10

5.0          TIER II EVALUATION	  5-1
5.1          Water Column Impact	  5-1
5.1.1         Screen Relative To WQS  	  5-2
5.1.2         Elutriate Analysis Relative To WQS	  5-2
5.2          Benthic Impact	  5-2
5.3          Tier II Conclusions	  5-3

6.0          TIER III EVALUATION 	  6-1
6.1          Water Column Toxicity Tests   	  6-2
6.2          Benthic Toxicity Tests  	  6-2
6.3          Benthic Bioaccumulation  	  6-3
6.4          Tier III Conclusions	  6-8

7.0          TIER IV EVALUATION 	  7-1
7.1          Toxicity Tests	  7-1
7.2          Benthic Bioaccumulation  	  7-2

PART HI - SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS

8.0          SAMPLING	  8-1
8.1          Preparation For Sampling 	  8-1
8.2          Components Of A Sampling Plan	  8-4
8.2.1         Review of Dredging Plan  	  8-4
8.2.2         Historical Data	  8-5
8.2.3         Subdivision of Dredging Area	  8-6
8.2.4         Selection of Sampling Locations and Number of Samples  	  8-7
8.2.5         Sample Collection Methods	  8-12
8.2.5.1              Sediment Sample Collection	  8-12
8.2.5.2              Water Sample Collection  	  8-14
8.2.5.3              Organism Collection  	  8-14
8.2.6         Sample Handling, Preservation, and Storage	  8-14
8.2.6.1              Sample Handling	  8-14
8.2.6.2              Sample Preservation	  8-20
8.2.6.3              Sample Storage 	  8-21

-------
                                           IV

8.2.7         Logistical Considerations and Safety Precautions  	  8-21
8.2.8         Non-Indigenous Test Species	  8-22

9.0           PHYSICAL ANALYSIS OF SEDIMENT AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF
             SEDIMENT, WATER, AND TISSUE SAMPLES  	  9-1
9.1           Physical Analysis of Sediment	  9-1
9.2           Target Detection Limits  	  9-2
9.3           Chemical Analysis of Sediment	  9-3
9.3.1         Target Analytes  	  9-3
9.3.2         Selection of Analytical Techniques  	  9-6
9.4           Chemical Analysis of Water  	  9-13
9.4.1         Analytical Targets  	  9-13
9.4.2         Analytical Techniques	  9-13
9.5           Chemical Analysis of Tissues  	  9-15
9.5.1         Target Analytes  	  9-15
9.5.2         Analytical Techniques	  9-19

10.0         GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING TIER H EVALUATIONS  	  10-1
10.1         Tier II:  Water Column Effects  	  10-1
10.1.1        Screen Relative To WQS  	  10-1
10.1.2        Elutriate Analysis Relative To WQS	  10-2
10.1.2.1                    Standard Elutriate Preparation	  10-3
10.1.2.2                    Chemical Analysis	  10-3
10.1.2.3                    Comparison with WQS (Standard Elutriate Test)  	  10-3
10.2         Theoretical  Bioaccumulation  Potential  (TBP)  of   Nonpolar  Organic
             Chemicals  	  10-4

11.0         GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS TESTS	  11-1
11.1         Tier III:  Water Column Toxicity Tests  	  11-1
11.1.1        Species Selection	  11-2
11.1.2        Apparatus  	  11-4
11.1.3        Laboratory Conditions	  11-4
11.1.4        Laboratory Procedures	  11-5
11.1.5        Data Presentation and Analysis	  11-6
11.1.6        Conclusions 	  11-7
11.2         Tier III:  Benthic Toxicity Tests	  11-7
11.2.1        Species Selection	  11-8
11.2.2        Laboratory Procedures	11-11
11.2.3        Chronic/Sublethal Tests  	11-14
11.2.4        Data Presentation and Analysis	11-14
11.2.5        Conclusions 	11-15
11.3         Tier IV:  Chronic/Sublethal Effects Evaluations	11-15
11.4         Tier IV:  Case Specific Evaluations  	11-15

12.0         GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOACCUMULATION TESTS	  12-1
12.1         Tier III:  Determination Of Bioavailability  	  12-1
12.1.1        Species Selection and Apparatus	  12-1

-------
12.1.2       Experimental Conditions  	  12-3
12.1.3       Chemical Analysis  	  12-4
12.1.4       Data Presentation and Analysis	  12-4
12.1.5       Conclusions 	  12-5
12.2         Tier IV: Determination Of Steady State Bioaccumulation	  12-5
12.2.1       Laboratory Testing	  12-5
12.2.2       Field Assessment of Steady State Bioaccumulation  	  12-6
12.2.2.1                   Apparatus	  12-7
12.2.2.2                   Species Selection	  12-7
12.2.2.3                   Sampling Design and Conduct	  12-8
12.2.2.4                   Basis for Evaluation of Bioaccumulation 	  12-8
12.2.2.5                   Sample Collection and Handling  	  12-8
12.2.2.6                   Chemical Analysis	  12-9
12.2.2.7                   Data Presentation and Analysis	  12-9
12.2.2.8                   Conclusions	  12-9

13.0         REFERENCES  	  13-1

APPENDICES
APPENDIX A:       40 CFR PART 230
APPENDIX B:       GUIDANCE FOR EVALUATION OF EFFLUENT DISCHARGES FROM
                   CONFINED DISPOSAL FACILITIES
APPENDIX C:       EVALUATION OF MIXING
APPENDIX D:       STATISTICAL METHODS
APPENDIX E:       SUMMARY OF  TEST CONDITIONS  AND TEST ACCEPTABILITY
                   CRITERIA FOR TIER ffl BIOASSAYS
APPENDIX F:       METHODOLOGIES FOR IDENTIFYING AMMONIA AS A TOXICANT
                   IN DREDGED-MATERIAL  TOXICITY  TESTS
APPENDIX G:       QUALITY  ASSURANCE/QUALITY   CONTROL  (QA/QC)
                   CONSIDERATIONS

-------
                                             VI
                                   LIST OF TABLES
Table 4-1.

Table 6-1.


Table 8-1.


Table 8-2.


Table 9-1.


Table 9-2.

Table 9-3.


Table 9-4.

Table 9-5.


Table 9-6.

Table 11-1.


Table 11-2.


Table 12-1.
Industries Associated with Sediment Contaminants.
Page No.

     4-5
Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  Action Levels  for  Poisonous and
Deleterious Substances in Fish and Shellfish for Human Food.                    6-6

Type of Samples Which May Be Required Following Tier I to Conduct Dredged-
Material Evaluation Tests.                                                    8-2

Summary of Recommended Procedures for Sample Collection, Preservation, and
Storage.                                                                   8-15

Potential Contaminants of  Concern Listed According  to Structural Compound
Class.                                                                      9-4
PCDD and PCDF Compounds Determined by Method 1613
Methodology for Toxicity Equivalency Factors
Bioconcentration Factors (BCF) of Inorganic Priority Pollutants.
      9-8
Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) Congeners Recommended for Quantitation as
Potential Contaminants of Concern.                                            9-9
    9-12
Octanol/Water Partition Coefficients (Kow) for Organic  Compound  Priority
Pollutants and 301(h) Pesticides.                                             9-16
    9-18
Candidate Toxicity Test Species for Determining Potential Water Column Impact
of Dredged Material Disposal.                                               11-3

Candidate Acute Toxicity Test Species for Determining Potential Benthic Impact
of Dredged-Material Disposal.                                               11-9

Candidate Test Species for Determining Potential Bioaccumulation from Whole
Sediment Tests.                                                            12-2

-------
                                             Vll
                                  LIST OF FIGURES
                                                                                    Page No.
Figure 3-1.    Simplified Overview of Tiered Approach  to  Evaluating Potential Impact  of
              Aquatic Disposal of Dredged Material.                                         3-3

Figure 3-2.    Illustration of Tiered Approach to Evaluating Potential Water Column Impacts of
              Dredged Material.                                                           3-4

Figure 3-3.    Illustration  of  Tiered  Approach to  Evaluating Potential Benthic Impacts  of
              Deposited Dredged Material.                                                  3-5

Figure 6-1.    Expected proportion of steady-state concentration (Css)  of neutral  organic
              compounds reached in  28-day laboratory exposures.                             6-5

-------
                                              Vlll
                                         PREFACE
The "Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Discharge in Waters of the U.S. - Testing Manual",
commonly referred to as the Inland Testing Manual represents a major effort by the U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers (USAGE) and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to establish procedures applicable
to the evaluation of potential contaminant-related environmental impacts associated with the discharge of
dredged material in inland waters, near coastal waters, and surrounding environs (that is, all waters other
than the ocean and the territorial seas, regulated pursuant to Section 404, CWA). This manual is consistent,
to the maximum extent practicable, with the procedures established for ocean waters (i.e., the "Green
Book" entitled  "Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Ocean  Disposal  - Testing Manual" -
EPA/USACE, 1991). The USAGE and EPA have statutory and regulatory responsibilities with regard to
the management of dredged material discharge activities in inland and near coastal waters. The USAGE
is responsible for regulating non-Federal dredging and  dredged material discharge activities through a
permit program, and for conducting  Federal  dredging and dredged material discharge activities in
conjunction with its Civil Works Program. EPA is responsible for establishing, in conjunction with the
USAGE, guidelines pertaining to the evaluation of these activities, and performing  oversight actions.
Specifically, Section 404 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972 (FWPCA), Public Law 92-
500, as  amended by  the Clean Water Act of 1977 (CWA), Public Law 95-217,  requires, among other
things, that the discharge of dredged or  fill material into waters of the U.S. be  permitted by the USAGE.
The USAGE also conducts Civil Works dredging and dredged material discharge activities in accordance
with Section 404. Section 404 further requires that discharge sites be specified though the application of
the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines (Guidelines) developed by EPA in conjunction with the USAGE. Section
404 requires that the  "guidelines shall be based upon criteria comparable to the criteria applicable to the
territorial seas, contiguous zone, and the ocean". Thus, a clear connection for comparable testing for ocean,
inland and near coastal waters  was established as early as 1972.

The Guidelines, which impart other requirements in addition to those associated with contaminant-related
impacts, are published at 40 CFR 230. This manual provides testing procedures applicable to determining
the  potential  for contaminant-related environmental  impacts associated  with  the discharge of dredged
material. Dredged material evaluated under the procedures described in this manual must also satisfy all
other applicable requirements of 40 CFR 230-232, 33 CFR 320-330, and 33  CFR 335-338 in order to
comply with the Guidelines and to be authorized for discharge.

This manual, which  is designed  to allow  for regional flexibility  in implementation and application
including development of regional manuals and documentation, will be periodically revised and updated
as warranted  by advances in regulatory practice and technical understanding.  This manual replaces the
May 1976 proposed testing protocol, "Ecological Evaluation of Proposed Discharge of Dredged or Fill
Material Into Navigable Waters", which will no longer be applicable. The  1976 protocol  was developed
in response to a requirement in the Federal Register notice of the Guidelines,  Vol. 40, No. 173, Friday,
5 September  1975. That notice states the "EPA in conjunction with  the Corps of Engineers will publish
a procedures manual  that will cover summary and description of tests, definitions, sample collection and
preservation,  procedures, calculations and references." In December 1980, the Guidelines were revised
and finalized in the Federal Register Vol. 45, No. 249. The present joint effort by EPA and USAGE
contains up-to-date testing procedures to implement the Guidelines at Sections  230.60 and 230.61, and is

-------
                                            IX

intended to bring compatibility and a comparable level of environmental protection for dredged material
testing in ocean, inland and near coastal waters.

This manual is  one of  a  series of guidance documents jointly  developed by EPA  and the USAGE
pertaining to dredged  material disposal.  This  series includes  a document  entitled "Evaluating
Environmental Effects of Dredged  Material Management  Alternatives - A Technical  Framework"
(Framework Document - USACE/EPA, 1992). The Framework Document articulates those factors to be
considered in identifying the environmental  effects of dredged material management  alternatives on a
continuum of discharge sites from uplands to the oceans (management alternatives include open water,
confined  and beneficial use situations) that  meet the substantive and procedural requirements of the
National  Environmental Policy  Act (NEPA), the  CWA  and the Marine Protection,  Research, and
Sanctuaries Act  (MPRSA). The Green Book  (EPA/USACE, 1991) is included in the series. Application
of the testing guidance in this manual in addition to guidance provided in the Framework Document and
the  Green Book will allow for consistency in decision making with respect to technical  considerations,
across statutory boundaries and the continuum of dredged material discharge options.

The contributions made by many individuals from both agencies are gratefully acknowledged. The first
and second drafts of the manual were completed by the  Environmental Laboratory (EL)  of the USAGE
Waterways Experiment Station (WES): Thomas Wright, primary author; Michael Palermo, author of
Appendix B; Paul Schroeder, Michael Palermo, Robert Randall and Billy Johnson, authors of Appendix
C. Succeeding drafts were completed by an  EPA/US ACE Workgroup established by EPA's Office of
Science and Technology (OST) within  the Office of Water (OW). Mike Kravitz of OST was the Work
Assignment Manager. Appendix  D was written by Dennis Brandon and Joan Clarke (WES) and Michael
Paine (EVS Consultants). Appendix F was written by Gary Ankley (EPA). Appendix G  was written by
Sandra Salazar and Peter Chapman (EVS Consultants). Henry Lee and Bruce Boese (EPA) contributed
valuable information pertaining to sediment bioaccumulation testing.  Carie Schaffer and Robert Johnson
(Tetra Tech, Inc.) provided computer  support for internet and  electronic versions of  the document,
respectively.

The Workgroup was comprised of individuals from headquarters, field offices and research laboratories
of both agencies with scientific  and/or programmatic experience related to dredged material discharge
activities.

Co-Chairs:    Betsy Southerland             EPA/OW/OST
             Kirk Stark                    USACE/Headquarters
Members:    Gary Ankley                 EPA/Duluth Research Lab
             Tom Dillon                  USACE/WES
             Wade Eakle                  USACE/San Francisco Dist.
             Robert Engler                USACE/WES
             John Goodin                 EPA/OW/OWOW
             Mike Kravitz                 EPA/OW/OST
             John Malek                  EPA/Region 10
             David Mathis                 USACE/Headquarters
             Jan Miller                    USACE/North Central Div.
             Michael Palermo              USACE/WES
             William Peltier               EPA/Region 4
             David Redford                EPA/OW/OWOW
             Susan Ivester Rees            USACE/Mobile District

-------
              James Reese                 USACE/North Pacific Div.
              Brian Ross                   EPA/Region 9
              Norm  Rubinstein             EPA/Narragansett Lab
              Dave Tomey                 EPA/Region 1
              Joe Wilson                   USACE/Headquarters
              Thomas Wright               USACE/WES
              Howard Zar                  EPA/Region 5

Contractor:    Peter Chapman               EVS Environment Consultants

Review of this manual was conducted by EPA through OW [OST and the Office of Wetlands, Oceans and
Watersheds (OWOW)] and by USAGE through the Office of the Chief of Engineers (Regulatory Branch,
Dredging and Navigation Branch, Office of Environmental Policy) and EL of WES. In addition, the results
of the EPA's Science Advisory Board (SAB, 1992) review of the 1991 Green Book were considered in
detail, where applicable, during development of this manual. The results of EPA's SAB (1994) review of
the draft Inland Testing Manual were considered during its  finalization. Regional issues which have
National  relevance were provided by EPA Region and USAGE Division and District staff, and were
incorporated into the appropriate sections of this document. This manual provides comprehensive testing
guidance from a national perspective. Within the framework of this document, EPA Regions and USAGE
Districts and Divisions will develop region-specific guidance and/or procedures, as necessary (e.g., region-
specific test species), to provide sufficient information to make informed dredged material discharge
decisions.
This manual should be cited as follows:

EPA/USACE. 1998. Evaluation of dredged material proposed for discharge in waters of the U.S. - Testing
manual. EPA-823-B-98-004, Washington, D.C.

-------
                                               XI
                                      DEFINITIONS
The following definitions of words and terms are specific to the use of this manual and, where applicable,
are quoted verbatim from  the Guidelines (cf. Definitions at 40  CFR 230.3 and/or other parts;  such
definitions are starred*). Thorough familiarization with the following definitions is required prior to use
of this manual.

Accuracy: The ability to obtain a true value; determined by the degree of agreement between an observed
       value and an accepted reference value.

Acid  volatile sulfide (AVS):  The sulfides removed from sediment by cold acid extraction,  consisting
       mainly of H2S and FeS. AVS is a possible predictive tool for divalent metal sediment toxicity.

Acute: Having a sudden  onset, lasting a short time.

Acute toxicity:  Short-term toxicity  to  organism(s)  that have been  affected by  the  properties  of a
       substance, such as contaminated sediment. The acute toxicity of a sediment is generally determined
       by quantifying the mortality of appropriately sensitive organisms that are put into contact with the
       sediment, under either field or laboratory conditions,  for a specified period.

*Adjacent: Bordering, contiguous  or neighboring. Wetlands separated from other waters of the United
       States by man-made dikes or barriers, natural river berms, beach dunes and the like are "adjacent
       wetlands".

Application factor (AF):  A numerical,  unitless value, calculated  as the threshold chronically toxic
       concentration of a test substance  divided by its acutely toxic concentration. The AF is usually
       reported as a range and is multiplied by the median lethal concentration as determined in a short-
       term (acute) toxicity test to estimate an expected no-effect concentration under chronic exposure.

Benchmark organism: Test organism designated by USAGE and EPA as appropriately  sensitive and
       useful for determining biological data applicable to the real  world.  Test protocols  with  such
       organisms are published, reproducible and standardized.

-------
                                               Xll

Bioaccumulation:  The accumulation of contaminants  in the tissue of organisms through any route,
       including respiration, ingestion, or direct contact with contaminated water, sediment, pore water
       or dredged material. [The regulations require that bioaccumulation be considered as part of the
       environmental evaluation of dredged material proposed for disposal. This consideration involves
       predicting whether there will be a cause-and-effect relationship between an organism's presence
       in the area influenced by the dredged material and an environmentally important elevation of its
       tissue content or body burden of contaminants above that in similar animals not influenced by the
       disposal of the dredged material].

Bioaccumulation factor: The degree to which an organism accumulates a  chemical compared to the
       source.  It is a dimensionless  number or  factor derived by dividing the concentration in the
       organism by that in the source.

Bioassay: A bioassay is a test using  a biological system.  It involves exposing  an organism to a test
       material and determining  a  response. There are  two major types of bioassays differentiated by
       response: toxicity tests which measure an effect (e.g., acute toxicity, sublethal/chronic toxicity)
       and bioaccumulation tests which measure a phenomenon (e.g., the uptake of contaminants into
       tissues).

Bioavailable:   Can affect organisms.

Bioconcentration:  Uptake of a substance from water.

Biomagnification:  Bioaccumulation up the food chain, e.g., the route of accumulation is solely through
       food.  Organisms at higher trophic levels will have higher body burdens  than those at lower
       trophic  levels.

Biota sediment accumulation factor:  Relative concentration of a substance in the tissues of an organism
       compared to the concentration of the same substance in the sediment.

Bulk sediment chemistry:  Results of chemical  analyses of whole sediments (in  terms of wet or dry
       weight), without normalization (e.g., to organic carbon, grain-size, acid volatile sulfide).

Can: Is used to mean "is able to".

Chronic: Involving a stimulus that  is  lingering or which continues for a long time.

-------
                                              Xlll

Chronic toxicity:  See sublethal/chronic toxicity.

Comparability: The confidence with which one data set can be compared to others and the expression
       of results consistent with other organizations reporting similar data. Comparability of procedures
       also implies using methodologies that produce results comparable in terms of precision and bias.

Completeness: A measure of the amount of valid data obtained versus the amount of data originally
       intended to be collected.

Confined disposal: A disposal method that isolates the dredged material from the environment. Confined
       disposal is placement of dredged material within diked confined disposal facilities via pipeline or
       other means.

Confined disposal  facility (CDF):  A diked area, either in-water or upland, used to contain dredged
       material. The terms confined disposal facility (CDF),  dredged material containment area, diked
       disposal facility, and confined disposal area are used interchangeably.

Constituents:  Chemical substances, solids, liquids, organic  matter, and organisms associated with or
       contained in or on dredged material.

*Contaminant: A chemical or biological substance in a form that can  be incorporated into,  onto or be
       ingested by and that harms aquatic organisms, consumers of aquatic organisms,  or users of the
       aquatic environment, and includes but is not limited to the substances on the 307(a)(l) list of toxic
       pollutants promulgated on January 31, 1978 (43 FR 4109). [Note:  A contaminant that causes
       actual harm is technically referred to as a pollutant, but the regulatory definition of a "pollutant"
       in the Guidelines is different, reflecting the intent of the CWA.]

Contaminant of concern:  A  contaminant present in a given  sediment thought to have the  potential for
       unacceptable adverse environmental impact due to a proposed discharge.

Control sediment:  A sediment essentially free of contaminants and which is used routinely to assess the
       acceptability of a test.  Control sediment may be the sediment from which the test organisms are
       collected or a laboratory sediment, provided the organisms meet control standards. Test procedures
       are conducted with the control sediment in the same way as the  reference sediment and dredged
       material. The purpose of the control sediment is to confirm the biological acceptability of the test
       conditions and to help verify the health of the organisms during the test. Excessive mortality in

-------
                                               XIV

       the control sediment indicates a problem with the test conditions or organisms, and can invalidate
       the results of the corresponding dredged material test.

Data quality indicators:  Quantitative statistics and qualitative descriptors which are used to interpret the
       degree of acceptability or utility of data to the user; include bias (systematic error), precision,
       accuracy, comparability, completeness, representativeness, detectability and statistical confidence.

Data quality objectives (DQOs): Qualitative and quantitative statements of the overall uncertainty that
       a decision maker  is willing  to accept in results or  decisions derived from environmental data.
       DQOs provide the framework for planning environmental data operations consistent with the data
       user's needs.

Discharge of dredged  material: Any addition of dredged material  into waters of the  United  States.
       [Dredged material discharges include: open water discharges; discharges resulting from unconfined
       disposal operations (such as beach nourishment or other beneficial uses); discharges from confined
       disposal facilities  which enter waters of the United States  (such as effluent, surface runoff, or
       leachate);  and,  overflow from dredge hoppers, scows, or  other  transport vessels].  Material
       resuspended during normal dredging operations is considered "de minimus" and is not regulated
       under Section 404 as a dredged material discharge.  See 33 CFR 323.2 for a detailed definition.
       The potential impact of resuspension due to dredging can be addressed under NEPA.

*Disposal site:  That portion of the "waters of the United States" where specific disposal activities are
       permitted and consist of a bottom surface area and any overlying volume of water. In the case of
       wetlands on which surface water is not present, the disposal site consists of the wetland surface
       area. [Note: upland locations, although not mentioned in this definition in the Regulations, can also
       be disposal sites].

District: A USAGE administrative area.

*Dredged material: Material that is excavated or dredged from waters of the United States. [A general
       discussion of the nature of dredged material is provided by Engler et al. (1991a)].

    o:  The median effective concentration. The concentration of a substance that causes a specified effect
       (generally sublethal rather than acutely lethal)  in 50% of the organisms  tested in a laboratory
       toxicity  test of specified duration.

-------
                                               XV

Elutriate: Material prepared from the sediment dilution water and used for chemical analyses and toxicity
       testing. Different types of elutriates are prepared for two  different procedures as noted in this
       manual.

Evaluation:  The process of judging data in order to reach a decision.

*Factual determination: A determination in writing of the potential short-term or long-term effects of
       a proposed discharge of  dredged or fill material  on  the  physical, chemical  and biological
       components of the aquatic environment in light of Subparts C-F of the Guidelines.

Federal Standard:  The dredged  material disposal alternative(s) identified by the U.S. Army Corps of
       Engineers that represent the least costly, environmentally acceptable alternative(s) consistent with
       sound engineering practices and  which meet the environmental standards established by the
       404(b)(l) evaluation process. [See Engler et al. (1988) and 33 CFR 335-338].

*Fill material: Any material used for the primary purpose of replacing an aquatic area with dry land or
       changing the bottom elevation of a water body for any purpose.  The term does not include any
       pollutant discharged into the water primarily to dispose of waste, as that activity is regulated under
       Section 402 of the Clean Water Act. [Note: dredged material can be used as fill material].

Grain-size effects: Mortality or other effects in laboratory toxicity tests due to sediment granulometry,
       not chemical toxicity. [It is clearly best to use test organisms which are not likely to react to
       grain-size  but, if this  is not reasonably possible, then testing must account for any grain-size
       effects.]

Guidelines:  Substantive environmental criteria by which proposed discharges of dredged material are
       evaluated.  CWA Section 404(b)(l) final rule (40 CFR 230) promulgated December 24, 1980.

LC^:  The median lethal concentration. The concentration of a substance that kills 50% of the organisms
       tested in a laboratory toxicity test of specified duration.

Leachate:   Water or any other liquid that may contain dissolved (leached) soluble materials,  such as
       organic salts and mineral salts, derived from a solid material.

Lethal: Causing death.

-------
                                              XVI

Loading density: The ratio of organism biomass or numbers to the volume of test solution in an exposure
       chamber.

Management actions:  Those actions considered necessary to rapidly render harmless the material
       proposed for discharge (e.g., non-toxic, non-bioaccumulative) and which may include containment
       in or out of the waters of the U.S. (see 40 CFR Subpart H). Management actions are employed
       to reduce  adverse impacts of proposed discharges of dredged material.

Management unit: A manageable, dredgeable unit of sediment which can be differentiated by sampling
       and which can be  separately dredged and disposed within a larger dredging area.  Management
       units  are not differentiated solely on physical or other measures or tests but are also based on site-
       and project-specific considerations.

May:  Is used to  mean "is allowed to".

Method  detection limit (MDL): The minimum concentration of a substance which can be identified,
       measured, and reported with 99% confidence  that the analyte concentration is greater than zero.

Might: Is used to mean "could possibly."

*Mixing zone: A limited  volume of water serving as a zone of initial dilution in the immediate vicinity
       of a  discharge point where receiving water  quality  may not meet quality standards or other
       requirements otherwise applicable to the receiving water. [The mixing zone may be defined by the
       volume and/or the surface area of the disposal site or specific mixing zone definitions in State
       water quality standards].

Must: In this manual refers to requirements that have to be addressed in the context of compliance with
       the Guidelines.

Open water disposal:  Placement of dredged material in rivers, lakes or estuaries via pipeline or surface
       release from hopper dredges or barges.

Pathway: In the case of bioavailable contaminants, the route of exposure (e.g., water, food).

*Pollution: The man-made or man-induced alteration of the chemical, physical, biological or radiological
       integrity of an aquatic ecosystem. [See definition of contaminant].

-------
                                              XVII

*Practicable:  Available and  capable  of being done after taking into consideration  cost, existing
       technology, and logistics in light of overall project purposes.

Practical  quantitation limit (PQL):  The lowest concentration that can be reliably quantified with
       specified limits of precision and accuracy during routine laboratory operating conditions.

Precision: The ability to replicate a value; the degree to which observations or measurements of the same
       property, usually obtained under similar conditions, conform to themselves. Usually expressed as
       standard deviation, variance or range.

QA: Quality assurance, the total integrated program for assuring the reliability of data. A  system for
       integrating the quality planning, quality control,  quality assessment, and quality improvement
       efforts to meet user requirements and defined  standards  of quality  with a stated level of
       confidence.

QC: Quality control, the overall system of technical activities for obtaining  prescribed standards of
       performance in the monitoring and measurement process to  meet user requirements.

Reason to believe: Subpart G of the 404(b) (1) guidelines requires the use of available information to
       make a preliminary determination concerning  the need for  testing of the material proposed for
       dredging.  This principle is commonly known as "reason to believe", and is contained  in Tier I of
       the tiered testing framework. The  decision to not perform additional  testing based on prior
       information must be documented, in order to provide a "reasonable assurance that the proposed
       discharge material is not a carrier of contaminants" (230.60(b)).

Reference sediment: Point of comparison for evaluating test sediment.  Testing requirements in the
       Section 404(b)(l)  Guidelines  regarding  the  point of comparison for evaluating proposed
       discharges of dredged material are being updated to provide for comparison to a "reference
       sediment" as opposed to sediment from the disposal site.   Because subsequent discharges at a
       disposal site could adversely impact the point of comparison, adoption of a reference sediment
       that is  unimpacted by previous discharges of dredged material will result in a more scientifically
       sound  evaluation of potential  individual  and cumulative  contaminant-related impacts.  This
       change to the  Guidelines was proposed  in  the Federal  Register in January  1995,  public
       comments have been received,  and a final rule Notice is being prepared. It is expected that the
       final rule will be published prior to July  1, 1998,  and  as a  result  the  reference sediment
       approach  will be implemented  in the ITM.

-------
                                             XV111

Reference site: The location from which reference sediment is obtained.

Region:  An EPA administrative area.

region: A geographical area.

Regulations: Procedures and concepts published in the Code of Federal Regulations for evaluating the
       discharge of dredged material into waters of the United States.

Representativeness: The degree to which  sample data depict an existing environmental condition; a
       measure of the total variability associated with sampling and measuring that includes the two
       major error components: systematic error (bias) and random error. Sampling representativeness
       is  accomplished  through proper selection  of sampling locations  and sampling  techniques,
       collection of sufficient  number of samples, and use of appropriate subsampling and handling
       techniques.

Sediment:  Material, such as sand, silt, or clay, suspended in or settled on the bottom of a water body.

Should:  Is used to state that the specified condition is recommended and ought to be met unless there
       are clear and definite reasons not to do so.

Standard operating procedure (SOP):  A written document  which details an operation, analysis, or
       action whose mechanisms are thoroughly prescribed and which is commonly accepted as the
       method for performing  certain routine  or repetitive tasks.

Standardized: In the case of methodology, a published procedure which has been peer reviewed (e.g.,
       journal, technical report), and generally accepted by the relevant technical community of experts.

Sublethal: Not directly causing death; producing  less obvious  effects  on behavior, biochemical and/or
       physiological function,  histology of organisms.

Sublethal/chronic toxicity: Biological tests which use such factors as abnormal development, growth
       and reproduction, rather than solely lethality, as end-points. These tests involve all or at least an
       important, sensitive portion of an organism's life-history. A sublethal endpoint may result either
       from short-term or long-term (chronic) exposures.

-------
                                               XIX

Target detection limit:  A performance goal set by consensus between the lowest, technically feasible,
       detection limit for routine analytical methods and available regulatory criteria or guidelines for
       evaluating dredged material. The target detection limit is, therefore, equal to or greater than the
       lowest amount of a chemical that can be reliably detected based on the variability of the blank
       response of routine  analytical  methods.   However, the  reliability of a chemical  measurement
       generally increases as the concentration increases. Analytical costs may also be lower at higher
       detection limits.  For these reasons, a target detection limit is typically set at not less than  10
       times lower than available dredged material  guidelines.

Tests/testing: Specific procedures which generate biological, chemical, and/or physical data to be used
       in evaluations. The  data  are  usually quantitative  but  may be qualitative (e.g., taste, odor,
       organism behavior).  Testing for discharges of dredged material in waters of the United States is
       specified at 40 CFR 230.60 and 230.61 and is implemented through the  procedures in this
       manual.

Tiered approach: A structured, hierarchical procedure for determining data needs relative to decision-
       making,  which involves a series of tiers or levels of intensity of investigation. Typically, tiered
       testing involves decreased  uncertainty and increased available information with increasing tiers.
       This approach is intended to ensure the maintenance and protection of environmental quality, as
       well as the optimal use of resources. Specifically, least effort is required in situations where clear
       determinations can be made of whether (or not) unacceptable adverse impacts are likely to occur
       based on available information. Most effort is required where clear determinations cannot be
       made with available  information.

Toxicity: see Acute toxicity;  Sublethal/chronic toxicity,  Toxicity test.

Toxicity test: A bioassay which measures an effect  (e.g., acute toxicity,  sublethal/chronic toxicity). Not
       a bioaccumulation test (see definition of bioassay).

Water quality certification: A state certification, pursuant to Section 401 of the Clean Water Act, that
       the proposed  discharge of dredged  material  will  comply  with the  applicable  provisions of
       Sections 301, 303, 306 and 307 of the Clean Water Act and relevant State laws. Typically this
       certification  is provided by the affected State.  In instances where the State lacks jurisdiction
       (e.g., Tribal Lands), such  certification is provided by EPA or the Tribe  (with an  approved
       certification program).

-------
                                               XX

Water quality standard: A law or regulation that consists of the beneficial designated use or uses of
       a water body, the numeric and narrative water quality criteria that are necessary to protect the
       use or uses of that particular water body, and an anti-degradation statement.

Waters of the U.S.:  In general, all  waters  landward of the baseline of the territorial  sea and the
       territorial sea.  Specifically,  all waters defined in Section 230.3  (s) of the Guidelines.  [See
       Appendix A].

Whole sediment:  The sediment and  interstitial waters of the proposed dredged material  or reference
       sediment that have had minimal  manipulation. For purposes  of this manual, press-sieving to
       remove organisms  from test  sediments,  homogenization  of test sediments, compositing  of
       sediment samples, and additions of small amounts of  water to facilitate homogenizing or com-
       positing  sediments may be necessary to conducting bioassay  tests.  These  procedures  are
       considered unlikely to substantially alter chemical or  lexicological properties of the respective
       whole sediments except in the case of AVS (acid volatile sulfide)  measurements (EPA, 199la)
       which are not presently required. Alternatively, wet sieving, elutriation, or freezing  and thawing
       of sediments may alter chemical  and/or toxicological properties, and  sediment so processed
       should not be considered as whole sediment for bioassay purposes.

-------
                                          XXI
                              LIST OF ACRONYMS
AAS - Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
AF - Application Factor
AVS - Acid Volatile Sulfide
BAF - Bioaccumulation Factor
BCF - Bioconcentration Factor
BSAF - Biota Sediment Accumulation Factor
CDF - Confined Disposal Facility
CFR - Code of Federal Regulations
CLP - Contract Laboratory Program
CWA - Clean Water Act
ECD - Electron Capture Detection
EO - Executive Orders
EPA - Environmental Protection Agency
FDA - Food and Drug Administration
FR - Federal Register
GC - Gas Chromatography
GFAAS - Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
IAEA - International Atomic  Energy Agency
ICP - Inductively Coupled Plasma
ITM - Inland Testing Manual
LBP - Lipid Bioaccumulation Potential
MPRSA - Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act
MS - Mass Spectrometry
NBS - National Bureau of Standards
NEPA - National Environmental Policy Act
NIST - National Institute for  Standards and Technology
NOAA - National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration
NPDES - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
NRC - National Research Council of Canada
PAH - Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons
PCB - Polychlorinated Biphenyl
QA - Quality Assurance

-------
                                            XX11

QC - Quality Control
QSAR - Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship
RHA - Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899
SAB - Science Advisory Board
SIM - Selected Ion Monitoring
SOP - Standard Operating Procedure
SQC - Sediment Quality Criteria
SQS - Sediment Quality Standards
SRM - Standard Reference Material
TBP - Theoretical Bioaccumulation Potential
TDL - Target Detection Limit
TEF - Toxicity Equivalency Factor
TOC - Total Organic Carbon
TIE -  Toxicity Identification Evaluation
USAGE - U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
USCS -  Unified Soil Classification System
WQC - Water Quality Criteria
WQS  - Water Quality Standards

-------
                                         XX111
                                 CONVERSIONS
      METRIC TO IMPERIAL
IMPERIAL TO METRIC
WEIGHT:
       IKg = lOOOg = 2.2051b
       Ig = lOOOmg = 2.205 x 10'3lb
       1 mg = lOOOng = 2.205 x 10'
lib = 16 oz = 0.4536Kg
LENGTH:
       1m = 100cm = 3.28 ft. = 39.370in
       1cm = 10mm = 0.3937in
       1mm = 1000(ag = 0.03937in
1 foot (ft) = 12in = 0.3048m
CONCENTRATION:
       Ippm = Img/L = Img/Kg =l|^g/g = ImL/m3
       Ig/cc = IKg/L = 8.3454 Ib/gallon (US)
       lg/m3 = Img/L = 6.243 x 10-5lb/ft3
1 Ib/gal = 7.4811b/ft3 = 0.120g/cc =
    119.826g/L = 119.826Kg/m3
1 oz/gal = 7.489Kg/m3
VOLUME:
       1L = lOOOmL
       ImL = 1000(oL
       Ice = 10-6m3
lyd3 = 27ft3 = 764.555 L = 0.7646m3
1 acre-ft = 1233.482m3
1 gallon (US) = 3785cc
1 ft3 = 0.0283m3= 28.3168 L
FLOW:
       Im/s = 196.850 ft/min = 3.281 ft/s
       1 m3/s = 35.7 ft3/s
1 ft3/s = 1699.011 L/min = 28.317 L/s
1 ft2/hr = 2.778 x 10'4 ft2/s = 2.581 x
  10-5m2/s
1 ft/s = 0.03048m/s
1 yd3/min = 0.45ft3/s
yd3/s = 3.366 gal/s =  12.743 L/s
AREA:
       1 m2 = 10.764ft2
       1 hectare (ha) = 10000m2 = 2.471 acres
1 ft2 = 0.0929m2
1 acre = 4046.856m2 = 0.405 ha

-------
PART I - GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

-------
                                              1-1

1.0           INTRODUCTION

1.1           Background

The "Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Discharge in Waters of the U.S. - Testing Manual",
commonly  referred to as the Inland Testing Manual, updates and replaces "Ecological Evaluation of
Proposed Discharge of Dredged or Fill Material into Navigable Waters" (USAGE, 1976). This updated
manual contains  technical guidance  for  determining  the  potential  for  contaminant-related impacts
associated with the discharge of dredged material in waters regulated under Section 404 of the CWA
(inland waters, near coastal waters, and surrounding environs) through chemical, physical, and biological
evaluations. The technical guidance in the manual is intended  for use by  Army Corps of Engineers
(USAGE) and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) personnel,  state regulatory personnel, as well as
dredging permit applicants  and others (e.g., scientists, managers, and other involved  or concerned
individuals). The results obtained will be utilized within the context  of regulatory requirements (discussed
in the following  sections), to facilitate decision-making  with  regard to  the management  of dredged
material.

Key changes to the 1976 testing protocol include a tiered testing approach, accommodation for sediment
quality standards (SQS), 28-d bioaccumulation testing, comparison of benthic test results with those of
the reference sediment, improved statistics, improved model applications, and new test organisms. Because
this manual is national in scope, the guidance provided is generic and may need to be modified in certain
instances. Application of  this guidance in some site- and case-specific situations will require best
professional judgment, appropriately documented.  Permit applicants and others are strongly  encouraged
to consult with their appropriate Regional and District experts for additional guidance.
1.2           Statutory/Regulatory Overview

The following sections provide a discussion of the statutory and regulatory framework of the Federal
programs within which decisions regarding the management of dredged material discharge activities are
made.
1.2.1          Statutory Overview

The USAGE and EPA share the Federal responsibility for regulating the discharge of dredged material.
The Clean Water Act (CWA) governs discharges of dredged material into "waters of the United States",

-------
	1-2	

including all waters landward of the baseline of the territorial sea. The Marine Protection, Research, and
Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA) governs the transportation of dredged material seaward of the baseline (in ocean
waters) for the purpose of disposal. In addition, all activities regulated by these statutes must comply with
the applicable requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), as well as other Federal
laws, regulations and Executive  Orders which apply to activities involving  the discharge of dredged
material.

The CWA was  enacted by Congress  to "restore and maintain the chemical, physical, and biological
integrity of the Nation's waters."  The CWA created three permit programs, under Section 401 (as a
certification), Section 402 and Section 404, to regulate the point-source discharge of pollutants into waters
of the U.S. EPA administers Section 402 which established the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) Program to regulate discharges of chemicals,  heavy metals, and biological wastes,
primarily  in  waste water from  industrial  processes, publicly  owned sewage  treatment works, and
stormwater discharges. The Section 402 program may be delegated by EPA to the States to administer.
EPA and USAGE each administer specific aspects of Section 404 which established a permit program and
technical guidelines to regulate discharges of dredged or fill material (dredged material and fill material
disposal sites must be  "specified"). States may assume (and most of them have) the program  administered
by  EPA under Section  401 and must grant, deny, or waive certification for activities  permitted  or
conducted by USAGE based on the potential impacts to water quality which may result from a discharge
of dredged or fill material to waters of the U.S.

The USAGE  also administers a regulatory program under Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of
1899 (RHA) which regulates dredging  and other construction activities in navigable waters.  The USAGE
also operates  a Federal Civil Works navigation program in conjunction with the CWA and with
requirements  established within Congressional authorization and appropriation statutes, which involves
extensive dredging and dredged  material discharge activities. These USAGE programs are operated in
accordance with NEPA which requires, among other things, the analysis and documentation of potential
primary and secondary impacts, including those associated with dredging and dredged material discharges.
1.2.2          Section 404 Regulatory Overview

The USAGE has the primary responsibility for the Section 404 regulatory permit program [the USAGE
regulatory program also administers Section 10 RHA, as well as Section 103 of the MPRSA (for the
transport of dredged material to the ocean for the purpose of disposal)] and is authorized, after notice and
opportunity for public comment, to issue permits specifying sites for the discharge of dredged or fill
material. EPA has the primary role in developing the environmental  guidelines,  in conjunction  with

-------
                                               1-3

USAGE [the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines (Guidelines)], by which permit applications must be evaluated.
EPA is also responsible for commenting  on proposed USAGE permits, prohibiting  discharges with
unacceptable adverse aquatic environmental impacts, approving and overseeing State assumption of the
program, establishing jurisdiction, and interpreting exemptions. Both USAGE and EPA share enforcement
authority.

The USAGE regulates the discharge of dredged material, resulting from navigation dredging, into waters
of the United States.  The USAGE  also regulates  the discharge of dredged material and incidental
discharges of dredged material resulting from mechanized landclearing, ditching, channelization, and other
excavation activities.  The Inland Testing Manual has been developed to facilitate testing in conjunction
with proposed dredged material discharges resulting from navigation dredging.  The testing protocols are
not designed or intended to be applied to discharge of dredged material and incidental discharges of
dredged material resulting from mechanized landclearing, ditching, channelization, and other excavation
activities, except where excavation and subsequent discharge activities are of essentially the same character
as those associated with navigation dredging and disposal (e.g., open water discharges of dredged material
excavated from a soft-bottom flood control channel or reservoir).

The USAGE'S evaluation of a Section 404 permit application involves determining whether the proposed
project complies with the Guidelines (40 CFR 230) and USAGE permit regulations (33 CFR 320-330)
which require a public interest review of the project. [Public interest factors (listed in 33 CFR 320.4)
considered with respect to dredged material contaminant-related impacts include water  quality, water
supply and conservation, safety, and fish and wildlife impacts]. A permit is issued provided the proposed
project complies with the Guidelines and is not contrary to the public  interest.  The USAGE issues
individual permits and general permits. Individual permits are issued on a project-by-project basis after
the Guidelines compliance and public interest determinations are made for the specific  project at issue.
General permits, on the other hand,  are  issued for classes of activities after the USAGE conducts  the
Guidelines compliance and public interest reviews and determines that issuance of the general permit will
not result in more than minimal adverse impacts to the aquatic environment from either a site-specific or
cumulative standpoint. General permits require little or no reporting,  analysis, or paperwork.

There are three  types of general permits issued by  the USAGE, nationwide permits, regional general
permits and  programmatic general permits. Nationwide permits are issued by the Chief of Engineers and
apply nationwide. Regional permits are issued by District and Division Engineers and are applicable on
district or State-wide basis. Programmatic permits are issued (by the Chief of Engineers, as well as District
and Division Engineers) to  other federal, State or local agencies with the intention of  providing  the
appropriate  level of environmental protection and avoiding  unnecessary  duplication of effort  with  the
agency regulatory activities at issue.

-------
                                               1-4

There are currently  four nationwide  permits  that pertain to dredging and the  discharge of dredged
material. One authorizes the discharge and return  water from confined disposal areas (provided the
associated dredging is authorized pursuant to Section 10 of the River and Harbor Act of 1899); two other
nationwide permits authorize the  dredging and discharge, respectively, of up  to 25 cubic  yards of
material; and a fourth authorizes maintenance dredging of existing  marina basins (provided that the
dredged material is deposited on uplands; return water from a confined disposal  area requires separate
authorization pursuant to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act). The USAGE depends on its districts'
knowledge of potentially contaminated areas and on the discretionary authority of District and Division
Engineers to develop special conditions and/or  require individual permits where contaminated sediments
are present. General permits are not intended to apply to projects involving the dredging or the discharge
of contaminated materials.

USAGE  Civil Works  activities are conducted in  accordance with  the  Guidelines  and the USAGE
operation and maintenance regulations (33 CFR 335-338). The USAGE specifies  sites for the discharge
of dredged material in conjunction with its regulatory and civil works responsibilities. (Permits are not
actually issued in conjunction with USAGE discharge activities).
1.2.2.1                The Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines

The Guidelines provide the substantive environmental criteria used in evaluating proposed discharges of
dredged or fill material into waters of the United States. Fundamental to these Guidelines is the precept
that dredged or fill  material should not be discharged into the aquatic ecosystem, unless it can  be
demonstrated that such a discharge will not have an unacceptable adverse impact either individually or
in combination with known  and/or probable  impacts  of  other activities affecting  the  ecosystems  of
concern.

For proposed discharges of dredged  material to comply  with the Guidelines,  they must satisfy four
requirements found in  Section 230.10 as follows. Section 230.10(a) addresses those  impacts associated
with the loss of aquatic site functions and values of the proposed discharge site, by requiring that the
discharge  site represent the least environmentally damaging, practicable alternative. Section 230.10(b)
requires compliance  with established legal standards (e.g., issuance or waiver of a State water quality
certification). Section  230.10(c) requires that discharge of  dredged material not result in significant
degradation of the aquatic ecosystem. Section 230.10(d) requires that all practicable means be utilized
to minimize for adverse environmental impacts.

Testing as described in this manual is part of  the larger evaluation of a proposed discharge activity to

-------
	1-5	

determine its compliance with the Guidelines. Sections 230.60 and 230.61 of the Guidelines provide the
basis  for certain factual  determinations with regard to dredged material discharge activities. Section
230.60 provides for a general evaluation of the material and establishes a framework to determine, based
on existing  information on the proposed dredging and discharge sites,  whether the material at issue
requires further testing. If the conditions at  230.60 cannot be met or are not applicable, the testing
requirements of Section 230.61 must be applied. This manual details the testing procedures outlined in
230.60 and 230.61. Conclusions reached utilizing this manual will be used to make factual determinations
of the potential effects of a proposed discharge of dredged or fill material on the physical, chemical and
biological components of the aquatic environment. Such factual determinations are used to make findings
of compliance or noncompliance with relevant parts of Sections 230.10(b) (including compliance with
established  water quality standards) and 230.10(c)  (determinations of potential contaminant-related
impacts to aquatic resources). All specifications of discharge sites must also comply with Section 230.10
(a) and Section 230.10(d). Site monitoring and/or management activities developed following the use of
this manual may be said to contribute to satisfying the aforementioned requirements of Section 230.10(d).

Once compliance with the Guidelines is established, information developed utilizing the manual will also
be factored  into the USAGE public interest determination  which is required by its regulatory permit
regulations for proposed non-Federal dredged material discharge activities, or its determinations required
by the operation and maintenance regulations pertaining  to Federal Civil Works activities. In making
determinations  with regard to its regulatory and civil works responsibilities, the USAGE considers a
continuum of discharge options, on a project-specific basis, including alternative sites, mitigation and
specific site  management and monitoring conditions. Determination of whether a material, which would
not otherwise comply with the Guidelines or with other USAGE regulatory and civil works requirements,
could be brought into compliance through appropriate management actions or other discharge methods,
is beyond the scope of this manual.
1.2.2.2                Particulars of Sections 230.60 and 230.61

Reason to Believe - Subpart G of the 404(b)(l) guidelines requires the use of available information to
make a preliminary determination concerning the need for testing of the material proposed for dredging.
This principle is commonly known as "reason to believe". The decision to not perform testing based on
prior information must be documented in order to provide a "reasonable  assurance that the proposed
discharge material is not a carrier of contaminants" (by virtue of the fact that it is sufficiently removed
from sources of pollution) [230.60(b)].  The reason to believe that no testing is required is based on the
type of material to be dredged and/or its potential to be contaminated. For example, dredged material
is most likely to be free of contaminants if the material is composed primarily of sand, gravel, or other

-------
                                               1-6

inert material and is found in areas of high current or wave energy [230.60(a)]. In addition, knowledge
of the proposed dredging site proximity to other sources of contamination, as well as that gained from
previous testing or through  experience  and knowledge of the area to be dredged, may be utilized to
conclude that there is no reason to believe that contaminants are present [230.60(b)] and, therefore, no
need for testing. This general evaluation comprises procedures found in Tier I of the manual's tiered-
testing framework. Tier I is  a comprehensive analysis of all existing and readily available information
on the proposed dredging project, including all previously collected physical, chemical, and biological
data for both the proposed dredging and  discharge sites. A more complete discussion of technical factors
to consider with respect to Sections 230.60(a) and (b) in Tier I is provided in Section 4.0.

Exclusions From Testing - Sections 230.60(c) and (d) provide for specific circumstances in which the
discharge of dredged material which is suspected to be contaminated may be conducted without further
testing. Section 230.60(c) provides that where the proposed discharge and dredging sites are adjacent and
are comprised of similar materials and subject to the same source(s) of contaminants, disposal may be
conducted without further testing  because the discharge is  not likely to result  in degradation of the
discharge site,  as long as the potential spread of contaminants  to less contaminated  areas can be
prevented. Section  230.60(d) provides  that the  discharge of  contaminated  dredged material  may be
conducted without further testing if constraints, acceptable to USAGE and EPA, are available to reduce
contamination to acceptable levels within the discharge site, and to prevent contaminants from being
transported beyond the proposed discharge site boundaries.

Conclusions reached with regard to dredged material discharges without testing,  in accordance  with
Section 230.60, must be described in the appropriate factual determination.  Even though material may
be excluded from testing under the manual the water quality certifying agency may require testing to
demonstrate compliance with  state laws.  Even in cases where the discharge site is  adjacent to the
dredging site, potential differences in contaminant bioavailability may occur.

Reference Sediment - The manual requires comparison of testing results between the proposed dredged
material and a reference sediment (see previous Definitions section). The USAGE and EPA believe that
the use of  a  reference sediment  provides an accurate  information base for predicting  cumulative
bioaccumulation and benthic impacts resulting from the discharge of dredged material.
1.2.3         Relationship to Section 401 CWA Water Quality Certification

Section 401 of the CWA requires that all Federal permits and licenses, including those for the discharge
of dredged material into waters of the United States, authorized pursuant to Section  404 of the CWA,

-------
	1-7	

must be certified as complying with applicable State water quality standards (WQS). The Guidelines at
40 CFR 230.10(b) state in part that "No discharge of dredged or fill material shall be permitted if it:
(1) Causes or contributes, after consideration of disposal site dilution and dispersion, to violations of any
applicable State water quality standard." This applies at the edge of a State designated mixing zone.

The process for adoption of State WQS is prescribed at 40 CFR 131. States must issue, condition, deny,
or waive a Water Quality Certification for activities permitted or conducted by USAGE, certifying that
no adverse water quality impacts will occur based on determinations of compliance with applicable State
WQS which have been adopted in accordance with the above regulation. State water quality standards
consist of designated uses, narrative and numeric criteria designed to support those  uses, and anti-
degradation provisions.  This testing manual is intended to provide guidance for  the dredged material
testing necessary to determine compliance with such State WQS.

States  may, at  their discretion,  include  in their  State standards policies  generally affecting  their
application and implementation, e.g. mixing zones (40 CFR 131.13). A mixing zone is a limited volume
of water serving as  a zone of initial dilution in  the immediate vicinity of a  discharge point where
receiving  water may not  meet quality standards  or other requirements  otherwise applicable to the
receiving water (40 CFR 230.3). Where mixing zone provisions are part of the State standards, the State
should describe the procedures for defining mixing zones.

According to EPA (1991b), mixing zone concentrations should not exceed acute  water quality standards
and, considering likely pathways of exposure, there should be no significant human health risks. For
dredged material discharges which only occur periodically, water quality  standard compliance in the
mixing zone is generally focused on aquatic life,  not on human health, which is based on long-term
exposures to contaminants. (Long-term exposures resulting from accumulations of dredged material at
the disposal site can be evaluated by such means as bioaccumulation tests). Acute or chronic standards
may be appropriate,  depending on the duration of discharge and characteristics  of the discharge site.

Many States have  statutory or regulatory requirements for use of State-owned lands, including aquatic
(marine and freshwater) bedlands. For discharges  of dredged or fill materials into waters of the U.S.
which are also waters of State or State-owned lands, specific requirements (including testing) for "use"
of State lands may exist which need to be considered. The responsible State land-management agency
may be different from the  agency which normally issues the WQS or coastal zone certification. At a
minimum, coordination with the responsible State agency should occur to avoid conflicts with or impacts
to existing and/or future uses of State lands. In parts of the country, cooperative State-federal dredged
material or sediment management ventures are in place or are being pursued to identify disposal sites,
develop consistent regional management standards, and to monitor maintenance of those standards [e.g.,

-------
	1-8	

the Puget Sound Dredged Material Disposal Analysis (State of Washington) and San Francisco Long-
Term Management Strategy (LTMS - State of California)]. These programs are intended to streamline
the regulatory process associated with dredging and dredged material disposal.

-------
	2-1	

2.0            SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY

This manual is directed towards evaluation of proposed discharges of dredged material (associated with
navigational dredging or dredging activities of essentially the same character  as navigational dredging)
in open water. It utilizes both chemical and biological analyses as necessary, to provide effects-based
conclusions within a tiered framework with regard to the potential for contaminant-related water column,
benthic toxicity and benthic bioaccumulation impacts. The tiered-testing procedure detailed in Section 3.1
is comprised of four levels (tiers) of increasing investigative intensity which generate information to assist
in making contaminant-related determinations. Tiers I and II use existing or easily acquired information
and apply relatively inexpensive and rapid tests to predict environmental effects. Tiers III and IV contain
biological evaluations which  are  more  intensive and require field sampling, laboratory testing, and
rigorous data analysis.
2.1            This Manual is Intended to Address:

        •      contaminant-related impacts associated with discharges of dredged material (resulting from
               navigational dredging or dredging activities of essentially the same character as navigation
               dredging, such as open water discharges of dredged material excavated from a soft-bottom
               flood control channel or reservoir) in open water disposal areas, including wetlands.

        •      contaminant-related impacts to waters of the U.S. associated with dredged material runoff
               from confined disposal areas. Guidance on evaluation of such discharges is provided in
               Appendix B.
2.2            This Manual is Not Intended to Address:

        •      impacts associated with the dredging activity itself.

        •      impacts associated with dredged material  discharges  associated  with excavation of
               drainage ditches and landclearing.

        •      impacts associated with the discharge of fill material. However, where dredged material
               associated with navigational dredging will be discharged in open water as fill, the
               procedures of this manual are applicable.

-------
                                               2-2

              microbiological impacts except for impacts in conjunction with the State designated use
              of a waterbody and human health considerations. The manual provides a list of applicable
              references, as the technology for analyzing other potential impacts from microorganisms
              (e.g., modeling potential pathways of contamination) is in various stages of development.
              Although scientifically accepted  mechanisms for predicting the degree of  potential
              microbiological impacts are not yet available, site management techniques are  available
              (but are beyond the scope of this  manual) to  address potential impacts (e.g., aerating
              dredged material to kill anaerobic organisms).
2.3           Dredged Material Discharge for Beneficial Uses

The testing procedures in this manual  should also be  applied when navigational dredged  material is
proposed for certain beneficial uses. To the extent that dredged material will be discharged into open
water in conjunction with a beneficial use and the  evaluation of its suitability requires analysis  of
contaminant-related impacts  listed in  2.1,  the testing protocols  of this manual should be applied.
However, other evaluations may be necessary, in addition to those in this manual, to assess the potential
for contaminant-related impacts through pathways other than those provided by open water. For example,
contaminants in dredged material proposed for wetlands creation which will not adversely affect the open
water environment, may be taken up by wetlands vegetation, thereby requiring evaluations that are not
detailed in this manual.

This manual may also apply to dredged  material used for  beach nourishment. Beach nourishment
normally involves hydraulic or mechanical  placement of uncontaminated materials near a shoreline. As
with other beneficial uses, dredged material proposed for beach nourishment often can be excluded from
chemical or biological testing; the focus is  on  analysis to determine physical compatibility as measured
by grain size and total organic carbon (see Section 9.1). However, if there is a reason to believe that
contaminants are  present, further evaluation should be performed.
2.4           The Role of Biological Evaluations (Toxicity and/or Bioaccumulation Tests) in the
              Manual

As noted in Section 230.61 of the Guidelines, the evaluation process will usually entail investigation of
potential biological effects, rather than merely chemical presence, of the possible contaminants. Biological
evaluations serve to integrate the chemical and biological interactions of the suite of contaminants which
may be present in a dredged material  sample, including their availability for biological uptake, by

-------
	2-3	

measuring their effects on test organisms. Within the constraints of experimental conditions and the end-
points of effects measured, biological evaluations provide for a quantitative comparison of the potential
effects of a dredged material when compared to reference sediments. Thus, a specified level of change
compared to reference conditions and a statistically significant result in this comparison indicate that the
discharge of the dredged material in question may cause a direct and specific biological effect under test
conditions and, therefore, has the potential to cause an ecologically undesirable impact. Guidance for the
conduct of biological tests is given in Sections  11 and 12.

Dredged material potentially contains a myriad of chemical contaminants which may adversely impact
aquatic organisms. The literature is replete with examples where aquatic organism sensitivity varies with
the type of contaminant (e.g., see Rand and Petrocelli, 1985) and, as a result, a suite of aquatic species
are routinely recommended to fully assess the impact of contaminants on a biological community. In this
manual, three sensitive species are recommended for the water column and whole sediment toxicity tests.
In the case of the latter, two species can be used, provided they cover three functional characteristics:
filter feeder, deposit feeder,  burrower. In both cases, at least  one of these species must be a sensitive
"benchmark" species. For assessing bioaccumulation, adequate tissue biomass and the ability to ingest
sediments is more important than taxon sensitivity. Where possible, two species should be used to assess
potential bioaccumulation unless adequate regional data are available to justify single species testing.

It is important to recognize that dredged material bioassays (toxicity and bioaccumulation tests) are subject
to interpretation and are not precise predictors of environmental effects. This manual does not provide
quantitative guidance  on interpreting the ecological meaning of  such  effects (e.g., the  ecological
consequences of a given tissue concentration of a bioaccumulated contaminant or the consequences of that
body burden to the animal).  Rather, the manual considers  statistically significant increases above certain
levels compared to  the reference sediment as potentially undesirable. Because a statistically significant
difference is not a quantitative prediction that an ecologically important impact would occur in the field
or vice versa, this manual discusses additional factors to  be weighed in evaluating potential ecological
impact.  This is more likely to result in environmentally sound evaluations than is reliance on statistical
significance alone.

Bioaccumulation evaluations indicate biological availability of contaminants in dredged material,  which
may bioaccumulate and bioconcentrate in (or, for a few chemicals, biomagnify up) aquatic food webs to
levels which might be harmful to  consumers, including human beings, without  killing the intermediate
organisms. To use bioaccumulation data, it is necessary to predict whether there will be a cause-and-effect
relationship between the animal's  exposure to  dredged material and a meaningful adverse elevation of
body burden of contaminants above that of similar animals not exposed to the dredged material.

-------
	2-4	

2.5            The Role of Water and Sediment Chemical Evaluations in the Manual

Chemical evaluations of water and sediments are conducted for the following reasons:

        •      to determine contaminant concentrations in the dredged material

        •      to determine contaminant concentrations in the discharge or reference sites

        •      to determine compliance with water quality standards (WQS).

Chemical evaluations may be made on the basis of previous chemical inventories, when there is a reason
to believe that the dredged material contains no new contaminants, or that there is no difference between
contaminants  in the dredged material and  the disposal  site [Tier I;  Section  230.60(a)-(c) of the
Guidelines]. The latter  may be the case  where the discharge site is  adjacent to the dredging site, and
potential differences in contaminant bioavailability are considered unlikely. There may, however, be
concern with potential water column effects which would warrant evaluation of such potential effects (Tier
II; Section 2.6). In  particular, it must be shown that unacceptable levels of dissolved and suspended
contaminants from the discharge either will not be released and transported to less contaminated areas,
or can be managed.

Initial evaluation of water column chemistry may be carried out through the use of a numerical dispersion
model based on bulk sediment chemistry (Section 5.1.1). If this model indicates the potential for adverse
effects, a chemical evaluation of potential water column effects may be conducted through the use of elu-
triate tests [Tier II; Section 230.61(b)(2) of the Guidelines]. In this procedure  an aqueous extract (i.e.,
an elutriate) is prepared from the material to be discharged, and the dissolved contaminants are compared
to water  quality standards with consideration of mixing. This comparison  requires that dissolved
contaminants in reference water (ambient condition) also be analyzed.

The  above elutriate test is used to determine compliance with WQS with consideration of mixing. The
elutriate test provides an indirect evaluation of potential biological effects, because WQS are derived from
toxicity tests of solutions of various contaminants. Even if WQS are met,  biological evaluations (see
Section 2.4) must be considered.


2.6            Water Column Effects

The  dredged material impact in the water column must be within the available WQS for all contaminants
of concern outside of the mixing zone. If disposal operations result in long-term exposures, compliance
with chronic aquatic  and/or human health standards should be evaluated. Wildlife standards, if available,
should also be considered.  Water column toxicity tests are used to provide information on the toxicity

-------
	2-5	

of contaminants not included in water quality standards, and also to indicate possible interactive effects
of multiple contaminants.
2.7           Mixing

Appendix C describes the method to be used  for estimating the effect  of mixing for water column
evaluations. 40 CFR 230.11(f)(2) describes the factors to be considered in defining mixing zones; States
may use additional factors in such definition.  This  method is applied in evaluating the potential for
impacts of the portion of dredged material that remains in the water column; all water quality and water
column toxicity data must be interpreted in light of mixing [Section 230.61 (b)(2)(ii) of the Guidelines].
This is necessary because biological effects (which are the  basis for WQS) are a function of the
biologically available contaminant concentration and exposure time of the organisms. Laboratory toxicity
tests expose organisms to specific concentrations for fixed periods  of time, whereas in the field  both
concentration and exposure time to contaminants change continuously due to mixing and dilution. Both
factors interact to control the degree of biological impact. Thus, it is necessary to incorporate the mixing
expected at the discharge site into the interpretation of data.
2.8           Benthic Effects

Generally, the greatest potential for environmental effects from dredged material discharge lies in the
benthic environment. Deposited dredged material is not mixed and dispersed as rapidly or as greatly as
the portion of the material that may remain in the water column, and bottom dwelling animals living and
feeding on deposited material for extended periods represent the most likely pathways by which adverse
effects to aquatic biota can occur. Therefore, the major evaluative effort must be placed on deposited
material and the benthic environment, unless there is a compelling reason to do otherwise. The approach
in this manual is conservative  (i.e.,  protective)  as  it uses whole-sediment bioassays (toxicity and
bioaccumulation tests) to evaluate the solid phase of the dredged material. Sediment chemical analyses
currently cannot be used to directly evaluate the biological effects of any contaminants  which may  be
present in dredged material because such potential effects are a function of bioavailability. However, as
noted in Section 2.5, there are circumstances where it may be reasonably assumed that bioavailability in
the dredged material and the discharge site are similar.  When decisions cannot be made using evaluations
in Section 230.60 of the  Guidelines, bioaccumulation tests should be used to  directly determine the
bioavailability of potential contaminants.
2.9           Management Options

Some dredged material evaluated in accordance with technical procedures in this manual may demonstrate

-------
	2-6	

a potential for unacceptable environmental impacts or not meet Federally approved State WQS. If so, a
careful case-by-case evaluation of management options (e.g., alternative dredging and discharge methods,
alternative discharge sites, confined disposal, capping, site controls such as covers and/or liners) will be
necessary to determine whether the proposed discharge can be made acceptable or can be brought into
compliance with the Guidelines  and  State WQS. As previously noted, it is beyond the scope of this
manual to determine whether a material which would not otherwise comply with the Guidelines, could
be brought into compliance through appropriate management actions or other discharge methods.
2.10          The  Relationship of the Inland Testing Manual to Other USACE/EPA Dredged
              Material Management Efforts

2.10.1        Relationship of the Manual to the USACE/EPA Framework Document

EPA and USAGE have long recognized the need for a consistent technical framework for decision-making
regarding  the  discharge of dredged  material  in ocean,  near  coastal,  and inland waters (e.g., see
Francingues et al.,  1985; Wright and Saunders, 1990). This manual is one of a series of guidance
documents jointly developed by EPA and the  USAGE in response to that recognition. This series of
guidance documents includes the "Evaluating Environmental Effects of Dredged Material Management
Alternatives - A Technical Framework" (USACE/EPA, 1992) which articulates those factors (including
the potential for  and degree of contaminant-related impacts) to  be considered in  identifying the
environmental  effects  of dredged material management alternatives on  a continuum from uplands to
oceans, and which meet the substantive and procedural requirements of NEPA, CWA and MPRSA. The
companion testing manual for ocean disposal, the Green Book (EPA/USACE, 1991) is included in the
series. Application of the testing guidance in this manual within the context of the Framework Document
will allow for consistency in decision-making with respect to technical considerations, across statutory
boundaries and with consideration of the continuum of dredged material discharge options.
2.10.2        Relationship of the Manual to the EPA/USACE Green Book

Although the Ocean Dumping and the CWA programs carry out their functions under different mandates
and different environments (estuarine, lake and riverine versus ocean), there is a considerable overlap in
terms of practical application. The Guidelines are statutorily directed to be based upon criteria comparable
to those developed under Section 403(c) for the territorial seas, contiguous zone, and ocean. Additionally,
in previous guidance both EPA and USAGE have  acknowledged the ecological similarity of all aquatic
areas and the need for a consistent technological analysis framework, particularly when the waters of the

-------
	2-7	

United States under consideration for a discharge are near-coastal.  While details of this manual are
necessarily different from one addressing only ocean waters, the tiered testing framework  and concepts
of the Green Book are an appropriate paradigm. The Inland Testing Manual also utilizes the Green
Book's reference site approach which provides a more accurate data base for cumulative impact analysis.

Dredged material transported  for purposes  of dumping or disposal seaward of the baseline of the
territorial sea will continue to be regulated  under the MPRSA (commonly referred to as the Ocean
Dumping Act). MPRSA-regulated dredged material disposal will be tested in accordance with procedures
outlined in the Green Book (EPA/USACE, 1991). As previously discussed, dredged material used as fill
within the territorial sea, such as for beach nourishment, is regulated under the CWA and will be tested
in accordance with this manual.
2.10.3        Relationship of the Manual to EPA's Contaminated Sediment Strategy and Sediment
              Quality Criteria

EPA is developing a Contaminated Sediment Management Strategy (Strategy; Southerland et al., 1992)
which is a multi-program effort to address contaminated aquatic sediments in the United States. The
Strategy is intended to improve the understanding of the extent and severity of sediment contamination
and to propose  prevention, control, and  remediation programs.  The Strategy describes the policy
framework and  specific  actions EPA could take to  promote the  consideration of and  reduction of
ecological and human health risks posed by sediment contamination. The Strategy  also recommends a
comprehensive research program and outreach activities with other agencies and the general public.

One component of the Strategy is the development of Sediment Quality Criteria (SQC), which are derived
numerical values representing the concentration of chemicals in  sediment which are determined to
adversely affect benthic organisms. SQC are included in  EPA's approach to defining contamination in
sediments, and are envisioned to play a range of roles in all programs, from assessment to remediation.
When finalized, SQC likely will be incorporated into the Inland Testing Manual in Tier II. SQC could
also form the basis for State SQS. The Inland Testing Manual is structured such that evolving science
may be readily merged into the document.

-------
PART II - EVALUATION OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

-------
	3-1	

3.0            OVERVIEW OF TESTING AND EVALUATION

As noted in  Section  1.2.2.1, conclusions reached utilizing this manual will be used to  make  factual
determinations  of the potential effects  of a proposed discharge  of dredged material  on  the  physical,
chemical and biological components of the aquatic environment. Such factual determinations are used to
make findings  of compliance or noncompliance with relevant parts of Sections 230.10(b) (including
compliance  with  established water  quality  standards) and 230.10(c)  (determinations  of  potential
contaminant-related impacts to aquatic resources).
3.1            Tiered Testing and Evaluation

The tiered approach to testing  used in this manual must be initiated at Tier I. It is designed to aid in
generating physical, chemical, toxicity and bioaccumulation information, but not more information than
is necessary to make factual determinations. This allows optimal use of resources by focusing the least
effort on disposal operations where the potential (or lack thereof) for unacceptable adverse impact is clear,
and  expending the  most effort on operations requiring more extensive investigation to determine the
potential (or lack thereof) for impact. To achieve this objective, the procedures in this manual are arranged
in a series of tiers, or levels of intensity (and cost) of investigation. Tiered testing results in environmental
protection  in the context of more efficient  completion of necessary evaluations  and reduced  costs,
especially to low-risk  operations.  Disposal operations that obviously  have low environmental impact
generally should not  require intensive  investigation to  make factual determinations.  Evaluation at
successive tiers is based on more  extensive and specific information about the potential impact of the
dredged material, that may be more time-consuming and expensive to generate, but that allows more and
more comprehensive evaluations of the potential for environmental effects. At any tier except  for Tier
IV, failure to satisfactorily determine  the potential for unacceptable aquatic environmental impact, or to
develop sufficient information to make factual determinations, results in additional testing at a subsequent,
more complex  tier  unless a decision  is made to seek other disposal alternatives (thereby avoiding the
potential for unacceptable aquatic environmental impacts).

It is necessary to proceed through the tiers only until information sufficient to make factual determinations
has been obtained. For example, if the available information is sufficient to make factual determinations,
no further testing is required.

The  initial tier  (Tier I) uses readily available, existing information (including all previous testing). For
certain dredged materials with readily apparent potential for environmental impact (or lack thereof),
information collected in Tier I may  be  sufficient for making  factual  determinations.  However, more

-------
                                               3-2

extensive evaluation (Tiers II, III and IV) may be needed for other materials with less clear potential for
impact or for which Tier I information is inadequate.

Tier II is concerned solely with sediment and water chemistry. Tier III is concerned with well-defined,
nationally accepted  toxicity and bioaccumulation testing procedures.  Tier IV allows for case-specific
laboratory and field  testing, and is intended for use in unusual circumstances.

The approach is to enter Tier I and proceed as far as necessary to make factual determinations. Although
it is not always necessary that all dredged material be evaluated through all tiers, there must be enough
information available to make determinations on all aspects of the Guidelines relating to water column
impact, benthic toxicity and benthic bioaccumulation. It is acceptable to carry water-column and benthic
evaluations, or toxicity and bioaccumulation evaluations, to different  tiers to generate the  information
necessary and sufficient to make these determinations.

Prior to initiating testing, it is essential that the informational requirements of preceding tiers be thoroughly
understood and that  the information necessary for interpreting results at the advanced tier be assembled.
For example, it is always appropriate to gather all relevant available information and identify the chemicals
of concern for the dredged material in question even though  it  may be clear  without formal Tier  I
evaluation that further assessment will be necessary.

The tests in this manual reflect the present state-of-the-art procedures for dredged material evaluation.
However, it is recognized that the evaluation of dredged material is an evolving field. It is anticipated that,
as new methods  of evaluation are  developed  and accepted,  they  will  be integrated  into the tiered
framework. The tiered approach will be maintained because of the  efficiency  afforded by its  hierarchical
design.

The tiered  approach used in the manual is summarized in Figure 3-1, and additional detail on water
column and benthic  evaluation is presented in Figures 3-2 and 3-3. These flowcharts should be used in
conjunction with a careful reading of the corresponding guidance presented in this manual, in particular
Sections  4, 5,  6 and 7. The sections  or figures in the manual that present the technical guidance shown
by the flowcharts are indicated in the boxes on the figures.
3.2            Control and Reference Sediments

It is important to clearly distinguish between control and reference sediments in the context of testing for
benthic impacts.  In general, control sediment is that within which the organisms resided prior to

-------
                                                                  3-3
                                                     EVALUATE EXISTING INFORMATION
                                                                (4.1)
                                                        INFORMATION SUFFICIENT
                                                             TO MAKE FD?
                                                                (4.3)
                    EVALUATE POTENTIAL WATER-COLUMN
                            IMPACT (FIGURE 2)
                                          EVALUATE POTENTIAL BENTHIC
                                               IMPACT (FIGURE 3)
                    i
                 EVALUATE
                COMPLIANCE
                 WITH WQS
                    i
     1
  EVALUATE
WATER-COLUMN
  TOXICITY
EVALUATE
BENTHIC
TOXICITY
                                       I
                            1
   EVALUATE
    BENTHIC
BIOACCUMULATION
                            J
                      TIERS
                     II, III, IV
           KEY TO NOMENCLATURE

       DM  DREDGED MATERIAL
        FD  FACTUAL DETERMINATIONS
      WQS  WATER QUALITY STANDARDS
               MAKE FD REGARDING
              WATER COLUMN IMPACT,
              BENTHIC TOXICITY AND
            BENTHIC BIOACCUMULATION
Figure 3-1.     Simplified Overview of Tiered Approach to Evaluating Potential Impact of Aquatic Disposal of Dredged Material.

-------
                                                             3-4
                                                                                                              TIER
                                                                 FROM FIGURE 1
                                                        EVALUATE POTENTIAL WATER-COLUMN
                                                                    IMPACT
                                                                              WATER-COLUMN TOXICITY
                                WQS SCREEN,
                               MODEL ASSUMED
                           TOTAL RELEASE OF SEDIMENT
                             CONTAMINANTS TO THE
                                WATER COLUMN
                                   (10.1.1)
      DELED
   SCREENING
 CONCENTRATIONS
EXCEED WQS AFTER
  NITIAL MIXING?
     (5.1.1)
                    MEASURE DISSOLVED
              CONCENTRATIONS OF CONTAMINANTS
                OF CONCERN IN WATER COLUMN
                          (10.1.2)
                                                            MODEL DISSOLVED
                                                     CONCENTRATIONS OF CONTAMINANTS
                                                       OF CONCERN IN WATER COLUMN
                                                                 (10.1.2)
                                                                 ODELED
                                                               DISSOLVED
                                                            CONCENTRATIONS
                                                           EXCEED WQS AFTER
                                                               ITIAL MIXING?
                                                                 (5.1.2)
                                                            DM
                                                         DOES NOT
                                                         MEET WQS
                                         MEASURE TOXICITY
                                         OF DM SUSPENSION
                                              (11.1)
                                           OXICITY>1
                                          DIFFERENCE AND
                                          IFICANTLY DIFFERENT
                                           THAN DILUENT
                                             WATER?
                                            MODEL DM
                                        SUSPENDED PHASE
                                        IN WATER COLUMN
                                             (11.1.7)
                       DM NOT
                      PREDICTED
                     TO RESULT IN
                    ACUTE WATER-
                       COLUMN
                       TOXICITY
                                      DM
                                   PREDICTED
                                  TO RESULT IN
                                 WATER-COLUMN
                                    TOXICITY
     MODELED
   CONCENTRATION
EXCEEDS 0.01 OF LC. OR
   EC. AFTER INITIAL
      MIXING?
       11.1.6)
                                                    INSUFFICIENT INFORMATION
                                                                 CONDUCT CASE-SPECIFIC
                                                                     TOXICITY TESTS
                                                                         (11.4)
                                                   DM NOT
                                                 PREDICTED
                                                 TO RESULT IN
                                                   WATER-
                                                   COLUMN
                                                  TOXICITY
                                                                DM
                                                             PREDICTED
                                                            TO RESULT IN
                                                           WATER-COLUMN
                                                              TOXICITY
                                  ARE
                               CASE-SPECIFIC
                            CRITERIA MET AFTER
                               INITIAL MIXING?
                                  (7.1)
                                                                                                              TIER
                                                                                                           UNUSUAL
                                                                                                        CIRCUMSTANCES
          KEY TO NOMENCLATURE

DM   DREDGED MATERIAL

WQS WATER QUALITY STANDARDS

LC.  LETHAL CONCENTRATION TO 50% OF
     TEST ORGANISMS, EQUAL TO
     ACUTE TOXICITY CONCENTRATION

EC.  EFFECTS CONCENTRATION; EQUIVALENT
     TO LC. FOR NONLETHAL ACUTE EFFECTS
TIER IV
Figure  3-2.      Illustration of Tiered Approach to Evaluating Potential Water Column Impacts of Dredged
                   Material.

-------
                                                             3-5
                                                      FROM FIGURE 1
                                                 EVALUATE POTENTIAL BENTHIC
                                                         IMPACT
                                                                             BENTHIC BIOACCUMULATION
                                                                    CALCULATE THEORETICAL
                                                                  BIOACCUMULATION POTENTIAL
                                                                            (10.2)
                                                   DM NOT
                                                  PREDICTED
                                                 TO RESULT IN
                                                   BENTHIC
                                                 BIOACCUMU-
                                                   LATION
                                                   OFNPO
                                                                OTHER
                                                            CONTAMINANTS
                                                             OF CONCERN
                                           DM
                                       EXCEEDS REF?
                                           (5.2)
                                                                   MEASURE BIOACCUMULATION
                                                                            (12.1)
  MEASURE TOXICITY
       (11.2)
                  DM
               PREDICTED
              TO RESULT IN
                 ACUTE
                BENTHIC
                TOXICITY
       DM>
      REF BY
MORE THAN ALLOWABLE
    PERCENTAGE?
       (62)
                                                                                                DM NOT
                                                                                               PREDICTED
                                                                                              TO RESULT IN
                                                                                                BENTHIC
                                                                                              BIOACCUMU-
                                                                                                 LATION
     DM NOT
    PREDICTED
   TO RESULT IN
      ACUTE
     BENTHIC
     TOXICITY
                                             DM
                                         PREDICTED
                                         TO RESULT IN
                                           BENTHIC
                                         BIOACCUMU-
                                           LATION
                                                                      ARE
                                                                  CASE-SPECIFIC
                                                                  CRITERIA MET?
                                                                      (6.3)
                                                                               INSUFFICIENT
                                                                               INFORMATION
                                                                             UNUSUAL
                                                                          CIRCUMSTANCES
I    UNUSUAL
I CIRCUMSTANCES
                                 CONDUCT CASE-SPECIFIC
                                    TOXICITY TESTS
                                         (11.4)
                                MEASURE EMPIRICAL STEADY-
                                  STATE BIOACCUMULATION
                                          (12.2)
                  DM NOT
                 PREDICTED
                TO RESULT IN
                  BENTHIC
                  TOXICITY
       ARE
   CASE-SPECIFIC
   CRITERIA MET?
       (7.1)
                                          DM
                                       PREDICTED
                                      TO RESULT IN
                                        BENTHIC
                                        TOXICITY
                                                                            DM>
                                                                      FIELD ORGANISMS?
                                                                            (7.2)
                                                        DM
                                                     PREDICTED
                                                    TO RESULT IN
                                                      BENTHIC
                                                    BIOACCUMU-
                                                      LATION
                                                                 DM NOT
                                                               PREDICTED
                                                              TO RESULT IN
                                                                 BENTHIC
                                                              BIOACCUMU-
                                                                 LATION
                                                                 ARE
                                                             CASE-SPECIFIC
                                                             CRITERIA MET?
                                                                 (7.2)
                                                                              TIER IV
       KEY TO NOMENCLATURE

DM   DREDGED MATERIAL

REF  REFERENCE SEDIMENT

NPO  NONPOLAR ORGANICS

 >   STATISTICALLY GREATER THAN

FDA  USFDA ACTION LEVELS
     FOR POISONOUS AND
     DELETERIOUS SUBSTANCES
     IN FISH AND SHELLFISH
     FOR HUMAN FOOD
Figure  3-3.      Illustration of Tiered  Approach  to Evaluating Potential Benthic  Impacts of Deposited
                   Dredged Material.

-------
                                            3-6

collection in the field or is that within which they were cultured in the laboratory, and serves to
confirm the health of the test animals and the acceptability of the test conditions. Generic control
sediments are also possible and consist of field-collected or laboratory prepared sediment. Reference
sediment is the key to the  evaluation of dredged material. Results of tests using reference sediment
provide the point of comparison (reference point) to which benthic effects of dredged material are
compared.

In some cases, it may be appropriate to use more than one reference sediment for a single dredging
project. This could occur when the dredged material or the disposal site has a wide range of grain-
sizes  or TOC,  when management needs suggest that disposal of different dredged  materials at
different locations in the disposal site is desirable, or when discharge at more than one site is being
considered. One reference site can serve more than one  disposal site.
3.2.1          Reference Sediment Sampling

Reference sediment is the point of comparison for evaluating test sediment. Testing requirements
in the Section 404(b)(l) Guidelines regarding the point of comparison for evaluating proposed
discharges  of dredged  material are being updated to provide for comparison to a "reference
sediment" as  opposed to sediment from the  disposal site. Because subsequent discharges  at  a
disposal site could adversely impact the point of comparison, adoption of a reference sediment that
is unimpacted by previous discharges of dredged material will result in a more scientifically sound
evaluation of potential individual and cumulative contaminant-related impacts. This change to the
Guidelines was  proposed in  the Federal Register in January  1995, public  comments have been
received, and a final rule Notice is being prepared. It is expected that the final rule will be published
prior  to July  1, 1998, and as  a result the reference sediment approach will be implemented in the
ITM.

Reference sediment is generally collected outside the influence of previous disposal operations at
a dredged material disposal site, but near enough to the disposal site that the reference sediment is
subject to all the same influences (except previously disposed dredged material) as the disposal site.
If there is a potential for sediment migration or there is a reason to believe that previously disposed
sediment has  migrated, reference sediment should be collected from an area that is not expected to
be influenced by test material. There are four potential reference sampling approaches as discussed
below. We recommend the first two  reference approaches because they allow  statistically valid
comparisons.

-------
	3-7	

Reference Point Approach: This approach is used when the disposal site is known to be sufficiently
homogeneous that a single reference location is representative of the disposal site. A single reference
location is sampled and the sediment is tested concurrently with the dredged material. The bioassay
results from the reference sediment are statistically compared to those obtained from benthic toxicity
and bioaccumulation tests of the material to be dredged.

Reference Area Approach:  This  approach  is used when  the  disposal site is known  to  be
heterogeneous and more than one reference location must be sampled to adequately characterize the
disposal site. Several reference locations are  sampled and a composite of all of the sediments are
tested  concurrently with the dredged  material.  The bioassay results  from the  reference sediment
composite are statistically compared to those obtained from  benthic toxicity and bioaccumulation
tests of the material to be dredged.

Periodic Reference Point Approach: This approach could, theoretically, be used when it  is not
desirable or possible to sample the reference location each time that dredged material is to be tested.
Values from the homogeneous reference location collected over a period of time are used to develop
decision  guidance  values  which  are compared  to those obtained  from benthic toxicity  and
bioaccumulation tests of the material to  be  dredged.

Periodic Reference Area Approach:  This approach  could, theoretically, be used when it  is not
desirable or possible to sample the heterogeneous reference locations each time that dredged material
is to be tested. Values from heterogeneous reference locations collected over a period of time are
used to develop decision guidance values  which are compared  to those obtained from benthic
toxicity and bioaccumulation tests  of the material to be dredged.

Appendix D, Statistical Methods, provides guidance for conducting statistical comparisons for the
reference  point and reference area approaches. It does not provide guidance for the use of either of
the "periodic"  approaches.
3.2.2          Reference Sediment Sampling Plan

The  importance  of  thoughtful  selection  of  the reference  sampling  approach  cannot  be
overemphasized. To ensure that an appropriate approach is used, information gathered during the
site specification process or other studies should be consulted for both the disposal and the reference
sites. In some instances there are differences in the statistical methods used in comparing results
from the various reference sampling methods  to those obtained from the dredged material being

-------
	3-8	

evaluated. There may also  be differences in costs  among the  approaches. Prior to selecting an
approach, it is imperative that Appendix D be consulted to  determine which approach best fits
specific concerns and conditions, including  feasibility, technical validity, and cost.

A well-designed sampling plan is essential to the  collection, preservation, and storage of samples
so that potential toxicity and bioaccumulation can be accurately  assessed  (Section  8).   The
implementation  of  such a plan is equally essential for dredged material, control sediment, and
reference sediment.

-------
    WATER COLUMN
    MEASURE AND
  MODEL DISSOLVED
   CONTAMINANTS;
  COMPARE TO WQS
                   EVALUATE EXISTING
                  FOaiUATtON; {POSSIBLE
                    UMITIO TESTING
                    FOR EXCLUSIONS)
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
  MODEL SUSPENDED
  PHASE; DETERMINE
TOXICITY AFTER MIXING
      CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
   TOXICITY TESTS
                                        BENTHOS
CALCULATE THEORETICAL
   BIOACCUMULATION
  POTENTIAL; COMPARE
    TO REFERENCE
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
      MEASURE
  BIOACCUMULATION;
 COMPARE TO FDA LIMITS
  AND TO REFERENCE
      CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
      TOXICITY;
   BIOACCUMULATION;
     OTHER TESTS
                                  TIER I
                           (6Bi£fcAU.¥ REPRESENTS
                            EXISTING INFORMATION}
    TIER II
(SOLELY CONCERNED
 WITH CHEMISTRY)
    TIER III
 (GENERIC BIOASSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
 BIOACCUMULATION]
      TESTS)
    TIER IV
 (SPECIFIC BIOSSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
 BIOACCUMULATION]
 AND OTHER TESTS)

-------
 	4-1	

 4.0            TIER I EVALUATION

 One of the purposes of Tier I is to determine whether factual determinations can be made on the basis of
 existing information. Tier I is a comprehensive analysis of all existing and readily available,  assembled,
 and interpreted information on the proposed dredging project, including all previously collected physical,
 chemical, and biological monitoring data and testing for both the dredged material excavation site and the
 proposed disposal site. Only limited testing, to determine the applicability of exclusions, may be necessary
 in this tier.

 If the information set compiled in Tier I is adequate to meet the exclusions or is complete and comparable
 to that which would satisfy Tier II, III, or IV, as appropriate, factual determinations can be made without
 proceeding into the higher tiers (Figure 3-1). For an evaluation to be completed within Tier I, the burden
 of evidence of the collected information must be adequate to make factual determinations.

 The initial focus  of the Tier I evaluation is  on information relevant to Sections 230.60 (a), (b), (c), and
 (d) of the Guidelines and the potential for  contaminant-associated impacts upon discharge. These  four
 sections of the Guidelines fully define the exclusions from testing, which are summarized below.

 If an evaluation of the dredging site indicates that the dredged material is not a "carrier of contaminants",
 testing  may not  be necessary. Such situations are most likely to arise if:   the dredged material is
 composed primarily of sand, gravel and/or inert materials; the sediments are from locations far removed
 from  sources of contaminants; the sediments are from depths deposited in preindustrial times and not
 exposed to modern sources of pollution. However, potential impacts from natural mineral deposits must
 also be considered.

 Testing may also not be necessary "where the discharge site is adjacent to the excavation site and subject
 to the same sources of contaminants, and materials at the two  sites  are substantially similar "(Section
 230.60 (c)). However, some physical and chemical testing  may be necessary to confirm that the two sites
 are "substantially similar". The rationale behind this exclusion from testing is that when 1) the discharge
 and excavation sites are adjacent, 2) the concentration of contaminants in the two  sites are not substantially
 different, and 3) the geochemical environments are similar, then the bioavailability of contaminants at the
 two sites are likely to be similar.  This exclusion can  apply even if the dredged material is a carrier of
contaminants, providing that "dissolved  materials and suspended particulates can be controlled to prevent
carrying pollutants to less contaminated areas".

Section 230.60 (d) states that testing  may not be necessary with material likely  to be a carrier of
contaminants if constraints acceptable to the USAGE District Engineer and EPA Regional Administrator

-------
 	4-2	

 are  available to "reduce contamination to acceptable  levels within the disposal  site and to prevent
 contaminants from being transported beyond the boundaries of the disposal site". Such constraints may
 involve technologies such as capping and underwater containment. Design and monitoring requirements
 for such constraints should be determined by the Regional Administrator and District Engineer on a case-
 by-case basis.

 If the exclusionary criteria are satisfied, factual determinations for the dredged material can be made and
 no further evaluation is necessary. If the exclusionary criteria are not met, the material is evaluated based
 on all existing information. This information should include chemical information and, if appropriate,
 existing  data on the toxicity and bioaccumulation potential of the dredged material  and of the reference
 sediment. The information must be sufficient to determine if water quality standards are met and,  if
 appropriate, whether 1% of the LC50 or EC50  of each tested species will or  will not be exceeded in the
 water column following mixing. If adequate  information is  not available for a Tier  I evaluation, the
 process moves to Tier II.

 Even if factual determinations cannot be made on the basis of Tier I information, the information collected
 can  be put to use in later tier analyses. Another purpose  of Tier I is to identify the contaminants of
 concern  (if any) in the dredged material. This information is used to select analyses in Tiers II, III,  and
 IV. Similarly, other information collected in Tier I may be used to satisfy all or portions of evaluations
 in other  tiers. It is necessary to proceed through the tiers only until a factual determination is reached.
 Rigorous information collection and assessment in Tier I inevitably saves time and resources in making
 final determinations.

 Annual or episodic dredging, undertaken to maintain existing navigation improvements, may warrant a
 periodic  Tier I  reevaluation. The general recommendation of  EPA and USAGE  is  that  the  interval
 between  reevaluation of Tier I data for these projects  not exceed three years  or  the dredging cycle,
 whichever is longest. If there is reason to believe that conditions have changed, then  the time  interval
 for reevaluation may be less than three years. As a minimum, this reevaluation should include a technical
 reassessment of all new and previously evaluated physical, chemical and biological  data, changes in
 sediment composition  or deposition (e.g., industrial development in the watershed), improvements in
analytical methods and contaminant detectability,  quality assurance considerations and any regulatory
changes.

-------
	4-3	

4.1            Compilation of Existing Information

The potential  for contaminants  to  have been introduced to the dredged  material, evaluated with
consideration of the physical nature of the dredged material, and the proposed disposal site, allows case-
by-case  determinations  of  whether the proposed  discharge  of dredged material may  result in
contamination, bioaccumulation or toxicity above reference levels. Section 230.60 (b) of the Guidelines
lists a number of factors which should be considered when evaluating the potential for contamination at
the dredging  (i.e., extraction) site.  These factors  represent  sources  of contamination, pathways of
contaminant transport, and naturally  occurring substances which may be harmful to aquatic biota:

       •       urban and agricultural runoff
       •       sewer overflows/bypassing
       •       industrial and municipal wastewater discharges
       •       previous dredged or fill discharges
       •       landfill leachate/groundwater discharge
       •       spills of oil or chemicals
       •       releases from Superfund and other hazardous waste sites
       •       illegal discharges
       •       air deposition
       •       biological  production (detritus)
       •       mineral deposits.

The information gathering phase of Tier I evaluations has to be as complete as is reasonably possible,
including existing  information from all reasonably available sources. This will increase the likelihood
that determinations concerning the impact of dredged material may be  made at initial tiers. Sources of
available information include the  following, without limitation:

       •       Results of prior physical, chemical, and biological tests and monitoring of the material
               proposed to be disposed.
       •       Information describing the source of the material to be disposed which would be relevant
               to the identification of potential contaminants of concern.
       •       Existing data contained  in files of agencies such  as  EPA or USAGE  or  otherwise
               available from public or  private  sources. Examples of sources from  which relevant
               information might be  obtained include:
               •       Selected Chemical Spill Listing (EPA)
               •       Pesticide Spill Reporting System  (EPA)
               •       Pollution Incident  Reporting System (United States Coast Guard)

-------
                                              4-4

               •       Identification of In-Place Pollutants and Priorities for Removal (EPA)
               •       Hazardous waste sites and management facilities reports (EPA)
               •       USAGE studies of sediment pollution and sediments
               •       Federal STORET, BIOS, CETIS, and ODES databases (EPA)
               •       Water and sediment data on major tributaries (Geological Survey)
               •       NPDES  permit records
               •       Agencies with contaminant  or related  information, for instance, Fish  and
                       Wildlife Service  (FWS),  National  Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
                       (NOAA), regional planning commissions, state resource/survey agencies
               •       CWA 404(b)(l) evaluations
               •       Pertinent and applicable research reports
               •       MPRSA 103 evaluations
               •       Port and marina authorities
               •       Colleges/Universities
               •       Records  of State agencies, (e.g., environmental, water survey, transportation,
                       health)
               •       Superfund sites, hazardous waste sites
               •       Published scientific literature.

Sources may contribute differing types and quantities  of contaminants to sediments.  For  example, a
matrix of potential correlations between industrial sources and specific contaminants is provided in Table
4-1. This matrix is, however,  not all inclusive and makes no accounting for current pollution control
practices.

There are also a number of factors which influence the  pathways between contaminant sources and the
dredging and disposal sites, including:

       •      bathymetry
       •      water current patterns
       •      tributary flows
       •      watershed hydrology and land uses
       •      sediment and soil types
       •      sediment deposition rates.

More detailed site-specific  guidance for reaching administrative decisions concerning the impact of a
dredged material discharge may be developed by particular EPA Regions and USAGE Districts by
considering available scientific information and locally important concerns. In evaluating the likelihood

-------
                                                                           4-5
Table 4-1.
Industries  Associated  with Sediment Contaminants.  Data derived  from Eckenfelder (1980), EPA  (1987a),  Merck (1989),
WDNR/USGS  (1992), EPA (1987b), NOAA (1991). Table developed by U.S. EPA Region 5,  Water Division.
        CONTAMINANTS
                           in
                                     I

     \cenaphthene
     Mdrin
     Vniline
     Benzo(a)anthracene
     Benzo(a)pyrene
     Cadmium
     Chlordane
     Chlorpyrifos
     Chromium
     Copper
     Cyanide
     DOE
     DDT
     Dieldrin
     Endrin
     Ethyl Parathion
     Fluoranthene
     Heptachlor
     HCB
     HCBD
     HCCPD
     Lead
     Mercury
     2-Methylnaphthalene
     Nickel
     Oil and Grease
     Organotin/Tin
     PCBs	
     Phenanthrene
     Phi
     'hosphorus
     Pyrene
     Selenium
     TCDD
     TCDF
    Toxaphene
    Zinc

-------
                                              4-6

that discharge of a dredged material may cause contaminant associated impacts, concern decreases with
the increase of factors such as:

       •       isolation  of the  dredging operation from known existing and  historical  sources  of
               contamination
       •       time since historical sources of contamination have been remediated
       •       number and frequency of maintenance dredging operations since abatement of the source
               of contamination
       •       mixing and dilution occurring between the contamination source and the dredging site
       •       transport  and potential deposition of sediment in the dredging area from sources other
               than those potentially affected by contamination
       •       grain size of the  dredged material.

Concern regarding contaminant  associated impacts increases with the  increase of factors such as the
number, amount, and toxicological importance of contaminants:

       •       known to have been introduced to the dredging site
       •       suspected to have been introduced to the dredging site
       •       included in continuing input from existing sources
       •       included in historical sources.

These and other considerations are complexly interrelated; i.e., the acceptable degree of isolation from
sources of  contamination depends  on  the number, amount,  and  toxicological importance  of the
contaminants as well  as on all other factors. These considerations have to be  evaluated for all dredged
material. Even so,  it is desirable that local guidance be developed, based on technical evaluations, that
describes  the emphasis on factors  deemed appropriate in each area. In  all cases, the decisions that are
based on these factors must be compatible with  the Guidelines.
4.2           Identification of Contaminants of Concern

In the Tier I decision sequence (Figure 3-1), the first possibility is that more information is required to
make a factual determination. A  critical prerequisite to generating this  information and one which is
crucial to the success of the testing program is deciding, on a case-by-case basis, which contaminants
are of concern, particularly for 401 certification, in the dredged material  being evaluated. To determine
the contaminants of concern, it may be necessary to supplement available information with additional
chemical analyses of the dredged material. Contaminants of concern are not restricted to compounds

-------
                                              4-7

which inhibit organisms but also those which promote undesirable organisms or growth (e.g., nutrients
such as phosphorous - Nakaniski et al., 1986). However note that in at least some cases nutrient releases
may be minimal and of no environmental concern (e.g., Tavolaro and Mansky, 1985).
4.2.1          Microbial Contamination

As noted in Section 2.2, this manual only addresses microbiological concerns to the extent that they
address State 401 certification requirements. To this end, major areas of concern and pertinent sources
of information addressing these and other relevant microbiological issues are provided below.

If sediments are suspected to have high levels of microbial contamination and dredging or disposal sites
are close  to  shellfish beds, swimming beaches or drinking water intakes, then microbial sediment
analyses may be  required. Useful references include: EPA  (1978); Gerba et al. (1979); Dutka et al.
(1988) and Helmer et al. (1991). Appropriate state health and  water quality agencies should be consulted
for guidance  and  appropriate methods for measuring microbial contamination.

There are three major areas of concern for microbiological contamination and effects related to dredged
sediments:  (1) contamination of harvestable shellfish (e.g., Hood et al., 1983; Bruckhardt et al., 1992;
Martinez-Manzanares et al.,  1992);  (2) body contact, generally  related to swimming beaches (e.g.,
Fleisher, 1991; Helmer et al., 1991) ; (3) contamination of drinking water (e.g., Geldreich, 1991; Helmer
et al.,  1991). As  noted in the  Guidelines  (e.g.,  230.21, Suspended Particulates, and elsewhere), the
ultimate concern is  that "...pathogens and viruses...may be biologically available".

Sediments  generally contain higher concentrations of indicators of fecal contamination and pathogens,
such as Salmonella and viruses, than occur in the water column (e.g., Chen et al., 1979; Gerba et al.,
1979; LaBelle et  al., 1980). Further, these microorganisms survive longer in the  sediments than in the
water column (e.g., DeFlora et al., 1975; Smith et al., 1978; Borrego et al., 1983;  Rao et al., 1984).
Sediments  have been shown to be a source of microorganisms  released to the water  column (e.g.,
VanDonsel and Geldreich, 1971; Shiharis et al.,  1987; Hardina and Fujioka, 1991).  More specifically,
dredging and disposal have been shown to release these microorganisms (e.g., Grimes, 1975; Babinchak
et al., 1977).

-------
	4-8	

4.2.2          Chemical Contamination

Nationally,  it  is difficult to specify a  single  set  of contaminants  that adequately  addresses  all
environmental concerns.  However, regions may develop their own general contaminants of concern list
for routine permitting purposes.  In some dredged materials, there may be no contaminants of concern.
Different disposal operations may have their own set of contaminants of environmental concern that
should be adequately evaluated for each operation.

Identifying specific contaminants that are of concern in a particular dredged material is dependent on the
information collected for Tier I. In some instances, it may be sufficient to perform confirmatory analyses
for specific contaminants of concern identified in Tier I. In other cases, where the initial evaluation
indicates that a variety of contaminants of concern may be present, chemical analysis of the dredged
material could provide a useful inventory,  and bulk sediment chemistry analysis conducted according to
the guidance in Section 9.3 may be appropriate and,  in fact, would be necessary to conduct the Tier II
water quality screen  and the theoretical bioaccumulation potential  determination. Contaminants  always
of interest, if present, are those for which there are FDA limits or state fish advisories and where WQS
exceedances exist. Other contaminants that should  be included are those that might reasonably  be
expected to cause an unacceptable adverse impact if the dredged material is discharged.

The contaminants of  concern in each  dredged material should be identified on the basis of the following,
keeping in mind the  discussion in Sections 9.3, 9.4, and 9.5:

       •       presence in the dredged material
       •       presence in the dredged material relative to the concentration in the reference sediment
       •       toxicological importance
       •       persistence in the environment
       •       propensity to bioaccumulate from  sediments.
               The major chemical properties controlling the propensity to bioaccumulate are:

                      Hydrophobicity
                      Literally, "fear of water"; the property of  neutral (i.e.,  uncharged) organic
                      molecules that causes them to associate with surfaces or organic solvents rather
                      than to be in aqueous  solution. The presence of a neutral surface such as  an
                      uncharged organic molecule causes water molecules to become structured  around
                      the intruding  entity. This structuring is energetically unfavorable, and the  neutral
                      organic molecule  tends to be  partitioned  to a less energetic phase  if  one is
                      available. In an operational sense, hydrophobicity is the reverse of aqueous solu-

-------
	4-9	

 bility. The  octanol/water partition coefficient (A"ow,  log  Kow,  or log  P) is  a
 measure  of  hydrophobicity.   The   tendency  for   organic   chemicals  to
 bioaccumulate is related  to  their hydrophobicity.  Bioaccumulation factors
 increase with increasing hydrophobicity  up to a log A"ow of  about 6.00. At
 hydrophobicities greater than about log Kovi - 6.00, bioaccumulation factors tend
 not to increase due, most likely, to reduced bioavailability.

 Aqueous Solubility
 Chemicals such as acids, bases, and salts that  speciate (dissociate) as  charged
 entities tend to  be water-soluble and  those that do not speciate  (neutral and
 nonpolar organic compounds) tend to be insoluble, or nearly so. Solubility favors
 rapid uptake of  chemicals by  organisms, but  at the  same time  favors  rapid
 elimination, with the result that soluble chemicals generally do not bioaccumulate
 to a great extent. The soluble free ions of certain heavy metals  are exceptional
 in that they bind with tissues and thus are actively bioaccumulated by organisms.

 Stability
 For chemicals to bioaccumulate, they must be stable, conservative, and resistant
 to degradation (although  some contaminants  degrade to other contaminants
 which do bioaccumulate). Organic compounds with  structures that protect them
 from the catalytic action of enzymes or from nonenzymatic hydrolysis tend to
 bioaccumulate. Phosphate ester pesticides do not bioaccumulate because they are
 easily hydrolyzed. Unsubstituted polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) can
 be broken down by oxidative metabolism and subsequent conjugation with polar
 molecules. The presence of electron-withdrawing substituents tends to stabilize
 an organic molecule. Chlorines, for example, are bulky, highly  electronegative
 atoms that tend to protect the nucleus of an organic molecule against chemical
 attack. Chlorinated organic compounds tend to bioaccumulate to high levels
 because they are easily taken up by  organisms, and,  once in  the body, they
 cannot be readily broken down and eliminated.

 Stereochemistry
 The spatial configuration (i.e., stereochemistry)  of a  neutral molecule affects its
 tendency to bioaccumulate. Molecules that are planar tend to  be more lipid-
 soluble (lipophilic) than do globular molecules of similar molecular weight. For
 neutral organic molecules, planarity can correlate with higher bioaccumulation
 unless  the molecule is easily metabolized by an organism.

-------
                                               4-10

4.3            Tier I Conclusions

After consideration of all available information, one of the following conclusions is reached (Figure 3-1):

       •       Existing  information  does  not  provide  a  sufficient  basis for  making  factual
               determinations. In this case, further evaluation  in  higher tiers is appropriate.

       •       Existing information provides a sufficient basis for making factual determinations. In this
               case, one of the following decisions is reached (Figure 3-1):

               •        The material  meets the exclusion criteria.

               •        The material does not meet the exclusion criteria but information concerning the
                       potential  impact of the material is sufficient to make factual determinations.

-------
                   EVALUATE EXISTING
                 INFORMATION; (POSSIBLE
                    LIMITED TESTING
                    FOR EXCLUSIONS)
    WATER COLUMN
    MEASURE AND
  MODEL DISSOLVED
   CONTAMINANTS;
  COMPARE TO WQS
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
  MODEL SUSPENDED
  PHASE; DETERMINE
TOXICITY AFTER MIXING
     CONDUCT
   CASE-SPECIFIC
   TOXICITY TESTS
      BENTHOS
CALCULATE THEORETICAL
   BiOACCUMULATlON
 POTENTIAL; COMPARE
    TO REFERENCE
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
      MEASURE
  BiOACCUMULATlON;
COMPARE TO FDA LIMITS
  AND TO REFERENCE
      CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
      TOXICITY;
  BiOACCUMULATlON;
     OTHER TESTS
                                  TIER I
                           (GENERALLY REPRESENTS
                            EXISTING INFORMATION)
     TIER Jl
{SOLELY CONCERNED
 WITH CHEMISTRY}
    TIER III
(GENERIC BIOASSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
BiOACCUMULATlON]
     TESTS)
    TIER IV

 (SPECIFIC BIOSSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
 BiOACCUMULATlON]
 AND OTHER TESTS)

-------
	5-1	

5.0           TIER II EVALUATION

Tier II provides  useful information through screening tools, but not all possible determinations can be
reached at this tier. It consists of evaluation of State water quality standard (WQS) compliance using  a
numerical mixing model of the disposal site conditions (Figure 3-2 and Appendix C) and an evaluation
of the potential  for benthic impact using calculations of theoretical bioaccumulation potential (TBP)
(Figure 3-3 and Section 10.2).

Tier II is ultimately expected to provide a reliable,  rapid screen to determine potential dredged material
contaminant effects. The dredged material discharge must meet applicable WQS for all contaminants of
concern outside the mixing zone. Water column impact must also be evaluated by toxicity testing in Tier
III (Figure 3-2) when there are contaminants of concern for which applicable WQS are not available or
where interactive effects are of concern.

When national sediment quality criteria  (SQC) are  proposed and finalized they are expected to provide
a basis for State sediment quality standards (SQS). State  SQS will be incorporated into Tier II benthic
impact evaluations. The incorporation of these standards into Tier II will be implemented in this testing
manual and regional manuals as appropriate.

At present, only the bioaccumulation impact of nonpolar organic  compounds in  dredged material on
benthic organisms can be evaluated in Tier II (Figure 3-3). The approved procedure calculates the TBP
for a test organism by factoring the concentration of the nonpolar organic chemical(s), the total organic
carbon in the sediment, and the percent lipid concentration in the organism. This calculation predicts the
magnitude of bioaccumulation likely to be associated with nonpolar organic contaminants in the dredged
material. Additional guidance for identifying potential bioaccumulating contaminants is provided by EPA
(1994a).
5.1           Water Column Impact

Program experience (primarily in marine, near coastal and estuarine waters) has shown that in most cases
the existing data are sufficient to make water column determinations. However, Tier I evaluation may
show that the existing information is insufficient to make a determination. If a WQS determination cannot
be made in Tier I, Tier II evaluation is necessary to determine whether the discharge  complies  with
230.10(b)(l)  (Figure 3-2). The discharge of dredged material cannot cause  the WQS to be exceeded
outside the mixing zone unless the State provides  a variance to the standard.

-------
	5-2	

There are two approaches for the Tier II water column evaluation for WQS compliance. One approach is
to use the numerical models provided in Appendix C as a screen, assuming that all of the contaminants
in the dredged material are released into the water column during the disposal process. The other approach
applies the same model with results from chemical analysis of the elutriate test.
5.1.1          Screen Relative To WQS

The assumption that all of the contaminants in the dredged material are completely released into the water
column during the discharge  operation  is conservative because, in virtually all cases, most of the
contaminants remain within the dredged material. If the numerical model (Appendix C) predicts that the
concentrations of all contaminants  of concern after consideration of mixing are less than the available,
applicable WQS, the dredged material complies with WQS. If the screen/model, as applied indicates that
the WQS is exceeded, the elutriate analysis approach (Section 5.1.2) should be employed.
5.1.2          Elutriate Analysis Relative To WQS

For an elutriate analysis, the numerical mixing model (Appendix C) is run with chemical data obtained
from an elutriate test conducted on the dredged material. The standard elutriate analysis is described in
Section 10.1.2.1 and the analytical procedures for measuring constituents in the water are provided in
Section 9.4.2. The model  is, in effect, using data that  more accurately  represent the contaminant
concentrations that will be present in the water column after consideration of mixing. If the numerical
model (Appendix C) predicts that the concentration of all contaminants of  concern at the edge of the
mixing zone is less than the available, applicable WQS, the  dredged material complies with WQS.
Otherwise, it does not.
5.2           Benthic Impact

The currently available Tier II procedure for evaluating potential benthic impact consists of evaluating the
TBP, calculated according  to the guidance in Section  10.2. A comparison is made between the TBP
calculated for the nonpolar organic contaminants of concern in dredged material  and for the  same
constituents in the reference sediment. At present, this calculation can be performed for nonpolar organic
compounds, but not for  polar organic compounds, organometals,  or metals. If such  constituents are
contaminants of concern  in a dredged material requiring bioaccumulation evaluation, further evaluation
has to take place in Tier  III.

-------
                                              5-3

Even if the dredged material contains other contaminants of concern than nonpolar organic contaminants,
it is still useful to calculate the TBP. The TBP provides an indication of the magnitude of bioaccumulation
of nonpolar organics that may be encountered in actual testing (Tiers III and/or IV). Additionally, the
calculation may eliminate the need for further evaluation of nonpolar organics and thereby reduce efforts
in higher tiers.
5.3           Tier II Conclusions

One of two possible conclusions is reached regarding the potential water column impact of the proposed
dredged material:

       •      The available WQS requirements are met. Further information on water column toxicity
              must be evaluated in Tier III when there are contaminants of concern for which applicable
              WQS are not available or where interactive effects are of concern.

       •      Concentrations of one or more of the dissolved contaminants of concern, after allowance
              for mixing, exceed available WQS beyond the boundaries of the mixing zone. In this case,
              the proposed discharge of dredged material  does not comply with WQS.

For nonpolar organics, one of the following  conclusions is reached based on comparison between the TBP
for the dredged material and for the same contaminants in the reference sediment:

       •      The TBP for the nonpolar organic contaminants of concern in the dredged material does
              not exceed the TBP for the reference sediment and, therefore, the dredged material is
              predicted not to result in benthic bioaccumulation of the measured non-polar organic
              compounds. However, further evaluation of biological effects in Tier III is necessary to
              furnish information to make determinations  under the Guidelines.

       •      The TBP for the nonpolar organic contaminants of concern in the dredged material
              exceeds the TBP for the reference sediment. In this case, the information is not sufficient
              to predict whether the dredged material will result in benthic bioaccumulation of the
              measured non-polar organic compounds, and further evaluation of bioaccumulation in Tier
              III is necessary to furnish information to make determinations under the Guidelines.

-------
                   EVALUATE EXISTING
                 INFORMATION; (POSSIBLE
                    LIMITED TESTING
                    FOR EXCLUSIONS)
    WATER COLUMN
    MEASURE AND
  MODEL DISSOLVED
   CONTAMINANTS;
  COMPARE TO WQS
  MEASURE T0XIGITY;
  MODEL SUSP6f*D£0
  PHASE; DETERMINE
TDXICiTY AFTER MIXING
      CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
   TOXICITY TESTS
                                        BENTHOS
CALCULATE THEORETICAL
   BIOACCUMULATION
  POTENTIAL; COMPARE
    TO REFERENCE
      MEASURE
 COMPARE TO FDA LIMITS
  AND TO REFERENCE
      CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
      TOXICITY;
   BIOACCUMULATION;
     OTHER TESTS
                                 TIER I
                           (GENERALLY REPRESENTS
                            EXISTING INFORMATION)
    TIER II
(SOLELY CONCERNED
 WITH CHEMISTRY)
    TIER til
(GENERJCBIOASSAY
   rroxiciwAND
BIOACCUMULATtON]
     flSTS)
    TIER IV
 (SPECIFIC BIOSSAY
   [TOXICITYAND
 BIOACCUMULATION]
 AND OTHER TESTS)

-------
	6-1	

6.0            TIER III EVALUATION

Tier III testing assesses the impact of contaminants in the dredged material on appropriately sensitive and
benchmark  organisms  to determine  if there is  the  potential for  an  unacceptable  (toxicity  or
bioaccumulation) impact at the disposal site. Lists of candidate test species (Sections 11 and 12: Tables
11-1 through 12-1) include consideration of: (1) appropriate sensitivity such that testing should not occur
with insensitive organisms; (2) allowing appropriate Regional flexibility based on the list provided in this
manual or the  approved regional implementation manual; (3) providing  some benchmark species  for
comparing (where appropriate) the sensitivity of regional species not widely used for such testing.

The Tier III assessment methods are bioassays (toxicity and bioaccumulation tests) (Figures 3-1 through
3-3). Generic guidance  provided  in this manual may  have to be modified for specific species. Where
possible and appropriate, organisms representative of the water column and benthic biota and conditions
at the  disposal site or the appropriate reference area should be  used. Also, exposure routes must be
appropriate (e.g., benthic test species must be truly benthic, that is, living on or in the sediment).

Presently, Tier III  toxicity  tests primarily use lethality  as  the  endpoint. Chronic/sublethal tests  for
sediments are under development; none are considered to be currently suitable for wide-spread national
use and hence are not included in this manual although regional use is allowed (cf. Section 11.2.3). New,
appropriate benthic  and water column tests, including  sediment chronic/sublethal tests, will be included
in future revisions of this manual as appropriate.

The recommended procedures for water-column toxicity tests (Figure 3-2) use appropriate sensitive water
column organisms (Section 11.1.1, Table 11-1). The assay for benthic impact (Figure 3-3) uses deposited
sediment and appropriately sensitive benthic organisms (Section 11.2.1, Table  11-2).

Bioaccumulation also has  to be considered to  fully evaluate potential benthic impact (Figure 3-3). The
results of  bioaccumulation  tests are  used to predict  the  potential for  uptake of dredged-material
contaminants by organisms (Kay, 1984).

Tier III information is usually sufficient for making factual determinations. Only in unusual cases is further
information on toxicity or  bioaccumulation (or both)  necessary to make determinations under  the
Guidelines.

-------
                                               6-2

6.1            Water Column Toxicity Tests

Tier III (Figure 3-2) considers the effects on water column organisms, after allowance for mixing, of
dissolved contaminants plus those associated with suspended particulates. The toxicity and mixing data
results are generated as described in Section  11.1.

After considering the tests and considering mixing, one of the following conclusions is reached:
               If the 100% dredged material elutriate toxicity is not statistically higher than the dilution
               water (see Section 8.0, Table 8-1), the dredged material is not predicted to be acutely toxic
               to water column organisms.

               The concentration of dissolved plus suspended contaminants, after allowance for mixing,
               does not exceed 0.01 of the toxic (LC50 or EC50) concentration beyond the boundaries of
               the mixing zone. Therefore the dredged material is predicted not to be  acutely toxic to
               water column organisms. However, benthic impact has to be considered. If the information
               warrants, it is acceptable to determine water column effects at Tier III and benthic effects
               at another tier.

               The concentration of dissolved plus suspended contaminants, after allowance for mixing,
               exceeds 0.01 of the toxic (LC50 or EC50) concentration beyond the boundaries of the mix-
               ing zone. Therefore, the dredged material is predicted to be acutely toxic to water column
               organisms.
6.2            Benthic Toxicity Tests

Evaluation of benthic (i.e., sediment) toxicity tests in Tier III (Figure 3-3) is based on data generated
according to the guidance in Section  11.2. Dredged material is predicted to be acutely toxic to benthic
organisms when mean test organism mortality:

       •       is statistically greater than in the reference sediment, and

       •       exceeds  mortality (or other appropriate end point) in the reference sediment by at least
               10% (the  10%  value  should be used unless  a different value  has  been developed for
               specific test species and end-points for regulatory use, and is technically defensible; e.g.,

-------
                                              6-3

              a 20% value for lethality can be used for the amphipods Ampelisca abdita, Rhepoxynius
              abronius and Eohaustorius estuarius (Swartz et al., 1985; Mearns et al., 1986; SAIC,
              1992a,b)).

However, even if there is a certain level of toxicity (e.g., marginal mortalities for a single non-benchmark
species), the preponderance  of evidence could suggest that the sediment is not acutely toxic to benthic
organisms.  Acute toxicity testing of contaminants in the dredged material in Tier III will result in one of
the following possible conclusions:

        •      Mortality (or other appropriate endpoint) in the dredged material is not statistically greater
              than  in the  reference sediment, or does  not exceed mortality (or other  appropriate
              endpoint) in  the reference  sediment by at least 10%. Therefore,  the dredged material is
              predicted not to  be acutely toxic  to benthic organisms. However, bioaccumulation of
              contaminants also has to be considered. If the information warrants, it is acceptable to
              determine benthic toxicity  at Tier III and bioaccumulation at another tier.

        •      Mortality (or other appropriate endpoint) in the dredged material is statistically greater
              than in the reference sediment and exceeds mortality (or other appropriate endpoint) in the
              reference sediment by at least 10%. In this case, the dredged material is predicted to be
              acutely toxic to benthic organisms.
6.3           Benthic Bioaccumulation

Body burdens of chemicals are of concern for both ecological and human health reasons. The Tier III
benthic bioaccumulation tests (Section 12.1) are conducted for a subset of the contaminant of concern list
based on the contaminant bioaccumulation properties discussed in Sections 4.2 and 10.2. These tests
provide for the determination of bioavailability through 28-day exposure tests. For purposes of comparison
with an action or tolerance level such as from Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as described below
(or when conducting a Tier IV risk assessment), the duration of a bioaccumulation test should be sufficient
for organisms to reach steady-state tissue residues for all compounds. However, the time to reach or
approach steady-state varies among different compounds and, to a lesser extent, among species. Test
designs that assure that steady-state has been attained require a large number of samples and substantial
expense.  As a cost-effective compromise, it is  recommended that a  28 day exposure be  used  for the
"standard" bedded sediment bioaccumulation test for neutral organics  and metals.

-------
	6-4	

Where it is desirable to know the steady-state concentration of neutral organic compounds as, for example,
comparison to an FDA action level, fish advisory, or similar numerical values, the following procedure
is recommended.  The log Kow of the neutral organic compound of concern should be determined from
Section 9.5.1 (Table 9-5). This should be compared with the log Kow in Figure 6-1 and will indicate the
proportion of steady-state concentration (Css) expected in  28 days. This will allow estimation of the
steady-state value from the 28-day laboratory exposure data through the use of a steady-state correction
factor. The correction factor is the reciprocal of the decimal fraction  indicating the proportion of Css
expected in 28 days.

Bioaccumulation of most compounds, if it occurs, will be detectable after the 28-day exposure period, even
though  steady state may not have been reached. Thus, Tier III bioaccumulation tests provide useful
information about the potential for bioaccumulation (i.e., bioavailability),  even when steady-state tissue
residues are not determined, e.g.  when comparing to a reference sediment.

Concentrations of contaminants of concern in tissues of benthic organisms following dredged material
exposure are compared to applicable Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Action or Tolerance Levels
for Poisonous or  Deleterious Substances in Fish and Shellfish for Human Food, when such  levels (i.e.,
limits) have been  set for the contaminants. The FDA levels (Table 6-1) are based on human-health as well
as economic  considerations (21 CFR 109 and 509), but do  not indicate the potential for environmental
impact on the contaminated organisms or the potential for biomagnification. Because contamination of
food in excess of FDA  levels is considered a threat to human  health, EPA and  USAGE consider
concentrations in  excess of such levels in any test species to be predictive of benthic bioaccumulation of
contaminants. This guidance applies even though the test species may not be a typical human food item
partly because certain contaminants can be transferred through aquatic food  webs, but mainly because
uptake to FDA levels in  relatively short  term tests with one species may indicate the  potential  for
accumulation in other species.

Based on tissue comparisons with FDA levels, one of the following conclusions is reached:

        •      Tissue concentrations of one or more contaminants are not statistically less than the FDA
              levels. Therefore, the dredged material is predicted to result in benthic bioaccumulation
              of contaminants.

        •      Tissue concentrations of all contaminants either are  statistically less than FDA levels or
              there are no FDA levels for the contaminants. In this case,  the information is insufficient
              to reach a conclusion with respect to benthic bioaccumulation of contaminants. The

-------
                                            6-5
                                               6.5
                                              log Kow
d
.s
Figure 6-1.     Expected proportion of steady-state concentration (Css) of neutral organic compounds
              reached in 28-day laboratory exposures. The proportion is a function of the log Kow of
              the compound of interest.  Consult Section  9.5.1  (Table 9-5) for appropriate log  Kow
              values. Figure adapted from McFarland (1994).

-------
                                            6-6

Table 6-1.     Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Action Levels for Poisonous and Deleterious
              Substances in Fish and Shellfish for Human Food.3
Substance                                                                   Action Levelb

Metals

 Methyl Mercury                                                            1.0 ppm

Pesticides

 Chlordane                                                                 0.3 ppm

 Chlordecone (Kepone)                                                      0.3 ppm

 DDT + DDE                                                               5.0 ppm

 Dieldrin + Aldrin                                                           0.3 ppm

 Heptachlor + Heptachlor Epoxide                                            0.3 ppm

 Mirex                                                                     0.1 ppm


Industrial Chemicals

 PCBsc                                                                     (2.0 ppm)
    Action levels are established,  revised,  and revoked through notices published in the Federal
    Register.  It is the responsibility of the  users of the list to keep up to date on any amendments
    to this list.  For further information on current action levels, users may contact the Food and Drug
    Administration, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition, Industry Programs Branch  [HFF-
    326, 200 C Street, S.W., Washington, DC 10204; (202) 205-5251].

    Action levels are reported in wet weight.

    There is no FDA  action level for PCBs as a tolerance level has now been established (21 CFR
    part 109.30), which  is equal to the previous action level.

-------
	6-7	

       dredged  material  needs  to  be  further evaluated  in  Tier III as  described  below  for
       bioaccumulation potential to furnish information to make determinations under the Guidelines.

Tissue contaminant concentrations following exposure to dredged material which are statistically less
than FDA levels, or for which there are no such levels, are compared to tissue contaminant concentra-
tions for organisms similarly exposed to reference sediment. One of the following  conclusions is
reached based on this comparison:

     •  Tissue concentrations of contaminants of concern in organisms exposed to dredged material do
       not statistically exceed those  of organisms exposed to the reference sediment; therefore, the
       dredged  material  is  predicted  not to result in benthic  bioaccumulation of contaminants.
       However, benthic toxicity  effects  also have to be considered.

     •  Tissue concentrations of contaminants of concern in  organisms exposed to dredged material
       statistically exceed those of organisms exposed to the reference material. In this case, the final
       conclusion regarding benthic bioaccumulation of contaminants would be based upon technical
       evaluations that emphasize the various factors deemed appropriate in a particular region (see
       last paragraph  in this section). Additional testing (Tier IV) may be required.

One other possibility exists: tissue  concentrations  are above FDA limits  but  are not statistically
different from the reference (or  disposal) site. This situation represents an exceptional case which can
only be dealt with at the  regional level.

The above comparisons to FDA values address human health concerns, and follow from EPA/USACE
(1991). Other approaches which should be considered in addition to the use of FDA  values include
comparisons  to  state  fish advisories,  cancer and non-cancer risk models,  existing ambient fish
concentration data. State  fish advisories exist for the following chemicals for  which EPA risk-based
screening  values are being developed: (carcinogens) chlordane, DDT, dieldrin, hexachlorobenzene,
lindane, toxaphene, PAH, PCBs, 2,3,7,8-TCDD;  (noncarcinogens)  endosulfan, mirex,  cadmium,
mercury, selenium, endrin. Methods  to calculate carcinogenic and non-carcinogenic health risks are
summarized in EPA (1989a). "Computerized Risk and Bioaccumulation System", an expert system for
PC computers, is available to predict  tissue residues in sediment-dwelling shellfish and the associated
excess cancer risk (Lee et al., 1990). Note that this program  does not calculate risks associated with
mobile invertebrates or fishes, and that it should be used only to supplement data derived from other
methods.

-------
	6-8	

Reference comparisons are made for the protection of aquatic life as well as human health because
bioaccumulation is both undesirable and an indicator of bioavailability (Figure 3-3). It is recognized
that residue effects information does not exist to fully interpret bioaccumulation data; the approach
followed in this manual is the best presently available.

When  the bioaccumulation  of contaminants in dredged-material tests statistically exceeds that in
reference-material tests, five factors should be assessed. Where available, regional guidance should be
consulted regarding the relative importance of these factors:

    •  What is the toxicological  importance of the contaminants (e.g., Do they biomagnify? Do they
       have effects  at low  concentrations?)  whose  bioaccumulation from the dredged material
       statistically exceeds that from the reference material?

    •  By what magnitude does  bioaccumulation from the dredged material exceed bioaccumulation
       from the reference material?

    •  What is the propensity for the contaminants with statistically significant bioaccumulation to
       biomagnify within aquatic food webs (Kay,  1984)? Contaminants which biomagnify appear to
       be few  in number but widespread, and include DDT, PCB, methylmercury and, possibly,
       dioxins  and furans.

    •  What is the magnitude by which contaminants  whose bioaccumulation from the dredged
       material exceeds  that from the  reference material also exceeds the concentrations found in
       comparable species living in the vicinity of the proposed disposal site?

    •  For how many contaminants is bioaccumulation from the dredged material statistically greater
       than bioaccumulation from the reference material?
6.4    Tier III Conclusions

The above five factors and perhaps other factors are complexly interrelated; i.e., the importance of
each factor depends on its interaction with all other factors. These factors have to be considered in
case-specific determinations (if needed) for dredged material assessed for bioaccumulation in the final
step of Tier III. After considering these factors, one of the following Tier III conclusions is reached:

-------
	6-9	

 • Discharge  of the dredged material is predicted  not  to result  in above-reference toxicity or
   benthic bioaccumulation of contaminants.

 • Discharge  of the dredged material  is  predicted  to result in  above-reference  toxicity or
   bioaccumulation of contaminants.

 • Further information is needed to make factual determinations,  specifically in Tier IV.

-------
                   EVALUATE EXISTING
                 INFORMATION; (POSSIBLE
                    LIMITED TESTING
                    FOR EXCLUSIONS)
    WATER COLUMN
    MEASURE AND
  MODEL DISSOLVED
   CONTAMINANTS;
  COMPARE TO WQS
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
  MODEL SUSPENDED
  PHASE; DETERMINE
TOXICITY AFTER MIXING
     CONDUCT
   CASE-SPECIFIC
   TOXICITY TESTS
      BENTHOS
CALCULATE THEORETICAL
   BIOACCUMULATION
  POTENTIAL; COMPARE
    TO REFERENCE
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
      MEASURE
  BIOACCUMULATION;
COMPARE TO FDA LIMITS
  AND TO REFERENCE
      CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
      T0XJCITY;
  BIOACCUMULATION;
     OTHER TESTS
                                  TIER I
                           (GENERALLY REPRESENTS
                            EXISTING INFORMATION)
     TIER II
(SOLELY CONCERNED
 WITH CHEMISTRY)
    TIER III

(GENERIC BIOASSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
BIOACCUMULATION]
      TESTS)
    TIER IV
 (SPECIFIC BIOSSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
 8IOACCUMULATIONI
 AND OTHER TESTS)

-------
                                               7-1

7.0            TIER IV EVALUATION

Tier IV involves case-specific, state-of-the-art testing for toxicity and/or bioaccumulation and is to be used
on a case-by-case basis only  when lower tiered testing is judged to be insufficient to make complete
factual determinations. Insufficient information for a determination may include: inability to reach a clear
conclusion based  on  existing data;  statistical  differences are inconclusive;  evidence is conflicting.
Experience to date suggests that Tier IV should only be used in a very few cases. When methods are
suitable for wide-spread national use, sediment chronic/sublethal testing will be part of Tier III. Until such
time as sediment chronic/sublethal tests are approved for national use in Tier III, they should only be used
in Tier IV. However, regional testing manuals may apply appropriate  sediment chronic/sublethal tests in
Tier III in advance of their inclusion in this national manual provided this is done with a  benchmark
species (Section 11.2.1) or in  addition to the testing presently required in Tier III.

Tier IV tests may be conducted for water column evaluations (Figure 3-2) or benthic evaluations (Figure
3-3). In both cases, tests should be carefully selected to address the specific issues relevant to the case in
question. Tier IV can further consider human and ecological health concerns, including risk assessment.
Case-specific evaluative criteria for Tier IV tests must be:

       •       agreed upon by EPA and USAGE and, where  appropriate, the State

       •       adequate to make factual determinations.
7.1            Toxicity Tests

Tier IV toxicity tests (Figure 3-2) should measure end-points of clear ecological importance, for example
survival, growth and reproduction. Differences from Tier III tests may include:

        •       longer duration of exposure
        •       different species
        •       different end-points
        •       exposure in the disposal site environs.

Toxicity determinations in this tier can involve laboratory or field testing or field assessments of resident
benthic communities. Field assessments can be difficult to interpret but can yield valuable information on
responses of resident organisms to in-place contaminants at the dredging site as compared to a disposal
site or site environs as appropriate.

-------
                                              7-2

Toxicity identification evaluation procedures (e.g., Ankley et al., 1992a) can also be used in this tier. Such
procedures can be applied to sediments when ammonia or hydrogen sulfide could be responsible for
toxicity.
7.2           Benthic Bioaccumulation

Tier IV  bioaccumulation tests  (Figure  3-3)  differ from Tier III tests in  that steady-state tissue
concentrations of contaminants of concern are always determined. Such determinations can be made by:
longer laboratory exposures than used in Tier III, collecting tissue samples from the field (Section 12.2.2),
or in situ exposures using transplanted organisms.

Tissue concentrations determined in Tier IV are subject to the same comparisons as in Tier III, specifically
to FDA action limits, and to comparisons with organisms exposed to reference sediment. Conclusions
possible from  such comparisons and evaluative factors which should be assessed are detailed in Section
6.3 and can include risk assessments and no effects levels for aquatic life, rather than solely the first two
comparisons.

Prediction of  the movement of contaminants  from sediment  into and  through pelagic food webs is
technically challenging and should only be dealt with if a Tier IV evaluation is necessary. One approach
is bioenergetic-based toxicokinetic modeling. These models have been successfully applied to marine
(Connolly and Tonelli, 1985) and freshwater (Norstrom et al., 1976) fishes, theoretical food chains
(Thomann, 1989), and more  recently to sediment organisms (Boese et al., 1990). These models are very
data intensive to apply on a chemical and site-specific basis. It is  possible to use values determined
through QSAR (EPA, 1994a), though the default values  may substantially overestimate tissue residues in
metabolizable  compounds, such as PAH. Another general approach is to bracket likely concentrations of
specific contaminants at different trophic levels based on an empirical model derived from a variety of
marine food webs (Young, 1988).

-------
PART III - SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS

-------
 	8-1	

 8.0            SAMPLING

 When testing is necessary, samples of dredged material, reference sediment, control sediment, organisms,
 and water will be needed for physical evaluations, chemical analysis, and for bioassay tests. This section
 provides general guidance for the development of a sampling plan including collection, handling  and
 storage.

 Sampling is the foundation upon which all testing rests but there are so many case-specific factors  that
 influence sampling needs that detailed guidance of National scope is impractical. Some regions of the
 country have developed specific technical requirements and agency review/approvals of sampling  and
 analysis plans.  Regional guidance from local EPA and  USAGE offices should be sought for developing
 project-specific sampling plans as for information gathered at Tier I. The type of samples that may be
 required to complete the  evaluations of Tiers II, III, and IV are outlined in Table 8-1. This manual
 provides general guidance on items of major importance to consider when designing a sampling plan.
 Additional guidance is provided by EPA (1995).
8.1            Preparation For Sampling

A well-designed sampling  plan is essential when evaluating the potential impact of dredged material
discharge upon the aquatic environment. Before any sampling is initiated, the sampling plan has to be
tailored to meet  clearly defined objectives for individual  dredging  operations.  Factors such  as  the
availability and content of historical data, the degree of sediment heterogeneity, the dredging depth, the
number and geographical distribution of sample-collection sites, the procedures for collection, preservation,
storage, and tracking of samples, and the necessity for adequate quality assurance and quality control
(Appendix G; EPA, 1995) must be carefully considered. The magnitude of the dredging operation and its
time and budgetary constraints should also be considered.

It is recommended that a written plan for sediment sampling and analyses be prepared and provided to
the appropriate Federal and  State agencies for coordination prior to sampling, where practicable. The Tier
I evaluation would be a logical  attachment to the sampling and analysis plan for agency review and
comment. This  coordination can reduce the chance of having to repeat costly procedures and can assist
in keeping projects on schedule.  An  adequate  amount of sediment and water should be collected to
conduct planned evaluations and allow for any contingencies. Maximum allowable  and recommended
sample  and organism holding  times as  well as the exigencies of resampling should be given careful
consideration.

-------
                                                                 8-2
Table 8-1.      Type of Samples  Which May Be Required Following Tier I to Conduct Dredged-Material Evaluation Tests. Actual sampling
               requirements are project-specific and are determined during the development of the project plan. Sampling from the disposal site
               may also be conducted as necessary and appropriate, to verify the applicability of exclusion 230.60 (C) (see Sections 4.0 and 9.1.)
       Tests
Water Samples
Sediment Samples
Biota Samples
                         Disposal   Dredging  Controla    Dredging  Reference  Control"
                           Site         Site                   Site      Site
                                                                 Dredging       Reference
                                                                 Site            Site
    Tier II
     Water column
       Screen
       Elutriate

    Tier II
     Benthic

    Tier III
     Water column

    Tier III
     Benthic

    Tier IV
     Water column

    Tier IV
     Benthic
"May or may not have to be field-collected.

bDilution water for water column toxicity tests.  Artificial or clean seawater or clean freshwater may also be used.
'Disposal site water is required for WQS comparison.  Elutriate samples are prepared with dredging site water.

-------
                                               8-3

The importance of sampling is underscored by the fact that any evaluation is only as complete and reliable
as the sampling (and sample handling and storage) upon which it is based. Thus, inadequacies or biases
in sampling will limit the accuracy and/or the usefulness of the study results.

The primary objective of sediment and water collection is to obtain samples to adequately and accurately
characterize the dredging and reference area. Sample size should be large enough to attain the appropriate
detection limits but small enough to be conveniently handled and transported within the requirements for
all planned analyses. The quality of the information obtained through the testing process is impacted by
the following four factors:

        •      collecting representative samples
        •      collecting an appropriate number of samples
        •      using appropriate sampling techniques
        •      protecting or preserving the samples until they are tested.

Ideally, the importance  of each  of  these three factors  will be  fully  understood  and appropriately
implemented. In practice, however, this is not always the case. There may be occasions when study needs,
time, costs or other resource constraints will limit  the amount of information that should or can be
gathered. When this is the case, the  relative importance of each  of these  factors has  to be carefully
considered in light of the specific study purposes.

An important  component of any field sampling program  is a preproject meeting with all concerned
personnel.  Personnel  involved  may include  management, field personnel,  laboratory personnel,  data
management/analysis personnel, and representatives of regulatory agencies, the permit applicant, and the
dredging company. To assure sampling quality, at least one individual familiar with the study area should
be included in the preproject meeting. The purposes  of the meeting include:

        •      defining the objectives of the  sampling  program
        •      ensuring communication among participating groups
        •      ensuring agreement on methods, QA/QC details and contingency plans.

The more explicitly the objectives of  a testing program can be stated, the easier it will be to design an
appropriate sampling plan. A complete sampling plan will result in a level  of detail such that all sampling
procedures and locations are clearly defined, sample volumes are clearly established, all logistical concerns
are fully addressed, and target analytes are identified to class of compound.

-------
 	8-4	

 8.2           Components Of A Sampling Plan

 The following steps will help to ensure that all essential sampling plan information is provided:

        •      Review the plan for the proposed dredging operation, including the dimensions of the
               dredging area, the dredging depth(s), side-slopes, the volume of sediment for disposal, and
               the type of dredge equipment (e.g., clamshell, hydraulic)  for determining composite
               sampling or delineating representative project segments.
        •      Evaluate the prior history and the existing database for the area, in particular,  information
               gathered in Tier I. Identify relevant data and the need for additional data. Identify areas
               of potential environmental concern within the confines of the dredging operation.
        •      If appropriate,  subdivide the  dredging  area into project segments on the basis of an
               assessment of level of environmental concern within the dredging area. This may be an
               iterative process that starts before sampling, using available information, and that is refined
               after sampling, based  on new data.
        •      Determine  the number of samples to be collected and select  sampling locations. Choose
               methods and equipment for positioning vessels at established stations.
        •      Determine  what sampling methods will be used.
        •      Define procedures for sample handling, preservation, storage, and (if applicable) field or
               shipboard analysis.
        •      Identify logistical considerations and safety precautions.

 The subsections that follow discuss each of these steps  and provide general  guidance for their conduct.
 An essential step, preparation of a quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) project plan, is discussed
 in detail in Appendix G and EPA (1995) and must be integral to the project. The QA/QC plan is essential
 to ensure that there will be sufficient and appropriate data of known and documented quality to make
 decisions with confidence  and to defend those decisions. Properly prepared, a QA/QC  plan expedites
 project coordination.
8.2.1          Review of Dredging Plan

A review of the plan for the dredging operation provides a basis for determining the sampling strategy.
The volume of material to be dredged and the method of dredging are two important factors which will
help to determine the number of samples  required. The number  of samples required is generally  a
judgement which considers the cost, resolution, and the risk of an incorrect decision regarding the volume
of material to be dredged.  Knowledge of the  depth and physical characteristics of the material to be

-------
	8-5	

dredged will help to determine the kind of sampling equipment that is required. The boundaries of the
dredging area have to be known  to ensure that  the number and location of samples are appropriate.
Sampling should generally be to  the project depth (including  overdredging) unless the sediments are
known to be vertically homogeneous.
8.2.2          Historical Data

All information relevant to the dredging site should be reviewed. Using pertinent available information
to determine project segments and station locations within the dredging area is both cost and technically
effective. If a review of historical data identifies possible sources of contamination, skewing the sampling
effort toward these areas may be justified for thorough characterization of these areas, but can lead to an
incomplete assessment of contamination in the whole area. In areas of unequally distributed contamination,
the total sampling effort should be increased to ensure representative, but not necessarily equal, sampling
of the entire site. Sediment sampling techniques are detailed in Mudroch and MacKnight  (1991). The
information gathered for the Tier I evaluation (discussed in Section 4.1) should be reviewed for assistance
in designing the sampling plan, in  particular the following:

       •       Geotechnical and hydrodynamic data
               The grain size, specific gravity, water or solids content, total organic carbon (TOC) and
               identification of sediment horizons are helpful in making operational decisions. Areas of
               high currents  and high wave energy  tend to have larger grain-sized sediments than do
               quieter areas.  Many contaminants have a greater affinity for clay and silt than for sand.
               Horizontal and vertical gradients may exist within the sediment. Local groundwater quality
               and movement should be determined if groundwater is a potential source of contamination.
              Quality and age of available data
              The value of the available data should be critically weighed. Existing high-quality data
              might lower costs by reducing the number of analytes measured or tests required for the
              proposed dredging operation. Existing data that do not meet all quality assurance/quality
              control (QA/QC) standards may still be useful if appropriate calibration and documentation
              are available; they are less useful if older methods with higher detection limits were used.
              Information from such studies might be helpful in identifying areas of contamination, but
              not in accurately assessing the degree of contamination.

-------
       	8-6       	

        •       Known distribution of contaminants
               All evidence regarding contaminants within or near the dredging area, including spill data,
               may be an important consideration in identifying locations for sampling and/or determining
               sampling intensity.

        •       Dredging history
               Knowledge of prior dredging  may dramatically affect sampling  plans. If the  area  is
               frequently dredged (every 1-2 years) or if the sediments are subject to frequent mixing by
               wave  action,  currents,  or  ship  traffic,  the  sediments are  likely  to  be relatively
               homogeneous. Assuming that there is no major contaminant input, the sampling effort may
               be minimal. However,  if there is information regarding possible  contamination or
               heterogeneity is  possible, a more extensive sampling effort may be  indicated.  New
               excavations of material  unaffected by anthropogenic input may require less intensive
               sampling than maintenance dredging.
8.2.3          Subdivision of Dredging Area

Sediment characteristics are likely to vary substantially within the limits of the area to be dredged as a
result of geographical and hydrological features. Areas of low hydrodynamic energy will be characterized
by  fine sediments that have a greater tendency to accumulate  contaminants than  do coarser-grained
sediments.  (However note that  contaminants, if present in  coarse-grained sediments,  may be more
bioavailable than if present in fine-grained sediments). Sediments in and downstream of heavily urbanized
or industrialized areas are more likely to accumulate contaminants than sediments farther removed from
direct contaminant input.

Many dredging operations can be subdivided into project segments (horizontal and/or vertical) which can
be  treated  as  separate management units.  A project segment is an area expected to have relatively
consistent characteristics that differ substantially from the characteristics of adjacent segments. Project
segments may be  sampled with various intensities and,  if warranted by the  study  objectives and  test
results, the dredged material from various project segments can be managed differently during dredging
and disposal to limit environmental impact. When the sampling plan is developed, project segments can
be designated, based on  factors  including but not limited to: historical data, sediment characteristics,
geographical configuration, anticipated method of  dredging, depth of cut, sampling- or dredging-
equipment  limitations, results of pilot studies, and known or suspected contaminant concentrations.
Surface sediments might be considered separately from  subsurface  sediments at the same location if
vertical stratification of contamination  is expected or encountered.  Large dredging operations located

-------
 	8-7	

 within industrialized areas might require subdivision into several project segments horizontally and into
 one or more segments vertically. A dredging operation characterized by relatively uniform distribution
 of sediment type in a nonindustrialized location might be considered as a single project segment. Vertical
 subdivisions usually are not appropriate in areas of rapid shoaling or in areas of high sediment mixing
 by ship scour, which are likely to be relatively homogenous vertically. Vertical subdivisions smaller than
 about 1 m are usually impractical because dredge operators generally cannot reliably control excavation
 with any finer precision; vertical subdivisions should reflect the actual removal precision to be employed
 during the dredging operation. If analytical data and test results for two or more project  segments prove
 to be similar, these segments may be treated as one larger segment when considering disposal options.
 If the analytical and test results demonstrate important differences between project segments, alternative
 disposal options may be necessary for portions of the total sediment volume.

 Any  established sampling program  should be sufficiently flexible  to allow changes  based on field
 observations; however, any deviations from the  sampling plan  must be documented,  along with  the
 rationale for such deviations. Certain characteristics of the sediments, such as color or texture, can be
 an  indication of patchiness. The greater the patchiness, the larger the number of samples that will be
 required to adequately characterize the area. The project manager can refine a sampling program based
 on historical data and/or a preliminary sampling survey of the dredging area.
8.2.4          Selection of Sampling Locations and Number of Samples

Generally a single sampling strategy will be adequate for most circumstances. However, in some cases,
two sampling strategies may be required. For instance, when sampling involves both uncontaminated and
highly contaminated sediments with interfaces between the two, a single sampling strategy may not be
sufficient to adequately characterize these sediments, which will probably be treated differently.

The method of dredging, the volume of sediment to be removed, the areal extent of the dredging project,
and the horizontal and vertical heterogeneity of the sediment are key to determining station locations and
the number of samples  to be collected for the total dredging operation and  for each project segment.
When appropriate to testing objectives, samples may be composited prior to  analysis (with attention to
the discussion later in this section). The appropriate number of samples and the proper  use of com-
positing should be determined for each operation on a case-by-case basis. Note that the following detailed
discussion is not appropriate to all dredging operations. Sampling a number of small, isolated shoals is
very different  than sampling a large, contiguous open area.

-------
Factors to Consider:

The following factors, many of which follow from information gathered in Tier I, should be among those
considered in sampling station and pattern selection:

        •       objectives of the testing program
        •       bathymetry
        •       area of the dredging project
        •       accessibility
        •       flows (currents, tides)
        •       mixing (hydrology)
        •       sediment heterogeneity
        •       contaminant source locations
        •       land use activities
        •       available resources
        •       other physical  characteristics.

Station Locations:

Station locations within the dredging area should include locations downstream from major point sources
and in quiescent areas, such as turning basins, side channels,  and inside channel bends, where fine-
grained sediments are most likely  to settle. Characteristics which help to define the representativeness
of station(s) within a segment include:

        •       The distribution of sediments to be dredged is clearly  defined.
        •       The project segment being sampled is clearly defined.
        •       The sampling locations are distributed appropriately within each project segment.
        •       Multiple samples should be collected if sample variability is suspected.
        •       When  sediment variability is  unknown,  it may  be necessary to conduct a preliminary
               survey of the dredging area to better define the final sampling program.

Sample Replication:

Within a station,  samples may be collected for replicate testing. For this manual, laboratory replicates
are generally recommended as opposed to field replicates, depending on site-specific issues. The former
(subsamples of a  composite sample of the replicates) involves pseudo-replication compared to separate
samples for each replicate, but  is more appropriate for dredged material evaluations where sediments will

-------
                                              8-9

be homogenized by the dredging and discharge process. The latter involves true replication but is more
appropriate for field investigations of the extent and degree (or not) of homogeneity of sediment toxicity.

Depth Considerations:

Sediment composition can vary vertically as well as horizontally. Samples should be collected over the
entire dredging depth (including over-dredging), unless the sediments are known to be vertically homoge-
neous or there are adequate data to demonstrate that contamination does not extend throughout the depth
to be excavated. Separate analyses of defined sediment horizons may be useful to determine the vertical
distribution of contamination if warranted by  the study objectives. A major consideration of vertical
compositing is the anticipated depth of dredging.  For example, even though sediments in a 1 m shoal
may vary in composition, the material would be mixed as a result of the dredging process.

Sampling Bias:

Ideally, the composition of an area and the composition of the samples obtained from that area will be
the same. However, in practice, there often are differences due to bias in the sampling program,  including
disproportionate intensity of sampling in different parts of the dredging area and equipment limitations.

In some cases, to minimize bias, it may be useful to develop a sampling grid for each project segment.
The horizontal dimensions of each project segment may be subdivided into grid cells of equal size,  which
are numbered sequentially. Cells are then selected for sampling either randomly or in an stratified random
manner. It can be important to collect more than the minimum number of samples required, especially
in areas suspected of having high or highly variable contamination. In some cases, although additional
costs and logistic considerations will apply, extra samples  may be archived (for long time periods in the
case of physical characterization or chemical analyses and for short time periods in the case of biological
tests), should reexamination of particular project segment(s) be warranted.

In other cases, a sampling grid may not be desirable. This is particularly the case where dredging sites
are not continuous open areas, but are rather a series of separate humps, bumps, reaches and pockets with
varying depths and surface areas. In these latter cases, sample distribution is  commonly biased with
intent.

Level of Effort:

In some cases, it may be advisable  to consider varying the level of sampling  effort. Project  segments
suspected or known to  be contaminated may be targeted for an increased level of  effort  so that the

-------
	8-10	

boundaries and characteristics of the contamination can be identified. A weighting approach can be
applied whereby project segments are ranked in increasing order of concern, and level of concern can
then be used as a factor when determining the number of samples within each project segment relative
to other project segments.

Number of Samples:

In general, the number of samples that should be collected within each project  segment is inversely
proportional to the amount of known information, and is proportional to the level of confidence that is
desired in the results and the suspected level of contamination. No  specific guidance can be provided,
but the following factors should be considered:

        •      the greater the number of samples collected, the better the areal and/or vertical definition

        •      single measurements are inadequate to  describe variability

        •      the means of several measurements at each station within a project segment generally are
              less variable than individual measurements at each station.

Time and Funding Constraints:

In all cases,  the ultimate objective is to obtain sufficient  information to evaluate  the environmental
impact of a dredged material disposal operation. The realities  of time and funding constraints have to
be recognized, although such do not justify inadequate environmental evaluation. Possible responses to
cost constraints have been discussed by Higgins (1988). If the original sampling design does not seem
to fit time or funding constraints, several options are available,  all of which increase the risk of an
incorrect determination:

       •      Reduce  the number of project segments into which the  project is divided, but maintain
              the same total number of samples.

       •      Maintain (or  even increase) the number of stations sampled,  and composite multiple
              samples from within a project segment so that a lower number of analyses are performed
              per project segment.

-------
 	8-11	

 Project Segments:

 Regardless of the final decision on project segments and the number of sample stations and replicates
 per project segment, expected or known degree of contamination will be the dominant factor in initially
 describing the proposed  project segments. If variation in potential dredged  material impact within  a
 project segment is likely, where possible it may be  advisable either to use a stratified random-sampling
 approach or to redefine project-segment boundaries. Once sampling data are available, it is advisable to
 reconsider the boundaries of the project segments to be used in the actual dredging in order to maximize
 homogeneity within segments.

 Sample Compositing:

 The objective of obtaining an accurate representation and definition of the dredging area and method has
 to be  satisfied when compositing samples.  Compositing provides a way to control  cost while still
 analyzing sediments from a large number of stations. Compositing results in a less detailed  description
 of variability within the area sampled than would  individual analysis at each station. However if, for
 example,  five analyses can  be performed to characterize a project segment, the increased coverage
 afforded by collecting 15  individual samples and combining sets of three into five composite samples
 for analysis may justify the increased time  and cost  of collecting the extra 10 samples. Compositing can
 also provide the large sample volumes required for  some biological tests. Composite samples represent
 the "average" of the characteristics of the individual samples making up the composite and are generally
 appropriate for logistic and other reasons; however,  composite samples which  serve to "dilute" a highly
 toxic but localized sediment "hot spot"  are not recommended.  Further, composite samples  are not
 recommended for stations with  very different sediment grain size characteristics.

 Sample Definition:

When  a sediment sample is collected,  a decision  has to be made as to whether the entire sediment
volume is to be considered as the sample or whether the  sediment volume represents separate samples.
For instance, based on observed stratification, the top 1  m of a core might be considered to be a separate
sample from the remainder of the core.  After the sediment to be considered as a sample is identified, it
should be thoroughly homogenized. Samples may  be  split before compositing, with a portion of the
original sediment archived for possible later  analysis, and the  remainder combined with parts of  other
samples. These are then thoroughly homogenized  (using clean  instruments  until color and textural
homogeneity are achieved), producing the composite sample.

-------
                                              8-12

8.2.5         Sample Collection Methods

Sample collection requires an adequately trained crew, an adequate vessel equipped with navigational
and supporting equipment appropriate to the site and the study, and noncontaminating sampling apparatus
capable of obtaining representative samples. Divers may also be used in some cases  to collect some
samples; in such cases divers must be certified and approved diver safety management plans must be in
place. To assure sampling quality, at least one individual familiar with the study area should be present
during the sampling activities. Sampling effort for a proposed dredging operation is primarily  oriented
toward collection of sediment samples for physical and chemical characterization and for biological tests.
Collection of water samples is also required to evaluate potential water column impact. Collection of
organisms near  the disposal site might be  necessary  if there is  a need to characterize indigenous
populations or to assess concentrations of contaminants in tissues. Organisms for  use in toxicity  and
bioaccumulation tests may also be field-collected.

In general, a hierarchy for sample collection should be established to prevent contamination from the
previous sample, especially  when using the  same sampling apparatus to collect samples  for different
analyses. Where possible, the known, or expected, least contaminated stations should be sampled first.
At a station where water and sediment are to be collected, water samples should be collected prior to
sediment samples. The vessel should ideally be positioned downwind or downcurrent of the sampling
device. When raising or lowering sampling devices, care should be taken to avoid visible surface slicks
and the vessel's exhaust. The deck and sample handling area should be kept clean to  help reduce the
possibility of contamination.
8.2.5.1                Sediment Sample Collection

Mudroch and Mac Knight (1991) provide useful reference information. Higgins and Lee (1987) provide
a perspective on sediment collection and analysis as  commonly practiced in USAGE Districts. ASTM
(1994a) and Burton (1991) provide guidelines for collecting sediments for toxicological testing. Guidance
provided in these publications may be followed on all points that do not conflict with this manual.

Care should be taken to avoid contamination of sediment samples during collection and handling. A
detailed procedure for handling sampling equipment and sample containers should be clearly stated in
the sampling plan associated with a specific  project. This may be accomplished by using standard
operating procedures (SOPs). For example, samples designated for trace metal analysis should not come
into contact with metal surfaces (except stainless steel, unless specifically prohibited  for a project), and
samples designated for organic analysis should not come into contact with plastic surfaces. Samples for

-------
 	8-13	

 biological tests may be stored in clean polypropylene containers. Subsamples for particular groups of
 analytes may be removed from areas of the sample not in physical contact with the collecting instrument.

 A coring device with appropriate liners is recommended whenever sampling to  depth is required. The
 choice of corer design depends upon factors including the objectives of the sampling program, sediment
 volumes required for testing, sediment type, water depth, sediment depth, and currents or tides. A gravity
 corer may be limited to cores of 1-2 m in depth, depending upon sediment grain size, degree of sediment
 compactness, and velocity of the drop.  For penetration greater than 2  m, a vibratory corer or a piston
 corer is generally preferable. These types of coring devices are generally limited to soft, unconsolidated
 sediments. A split-spoon core may be used for more compacted sediment. The length of core that can
 be  collected is usually limited to 10 core diameters  in sand substrate and  20 core diameters in clay
 substrate. Longer cores can be obtained, but substantial sample disturbance results from internal friction
 between the sample and  the core liner.

 Freefall  cores can cause compaction of the vertical structure of sediment samples. Therefore, if the
 vertical stratification in a core sample is of interest, a piston or vibra corer should be used. Piston corers
 use both gravity and hydrostatic pressure. As the cutting edge penetrates the sediments, an internal piston
 remains  at the level of the sediment/water interface, preventing sediment compression and overcoming
 internal friction. A vibra corer is a more complex piece of equipment but is capable of obtaining 3- to
 7-m cores in a wide range of sediment types by vibrating a large diameter core barrel through the
 sediment column  with little  compaction. If the  samples will not  be sectioned prior to  analysis,
 compaction  is not a problem, and noncontaminating freefall corers are a suitable alternative.

 Corers are the samplers of preference in most cases because of the variation in contamination with depth
 that can  occur in sediment deposits. Substantial variation with  depth is less likely in shallow channel
 areas without major direct contaminant inputs, that have frequent ship traffic, and  from which sediments
 are dredged  at short intervals. Generally, in these situations, accumulating sediments are resuspended and
 mixed semicontinuously by ship scour and  turbulence, effectively preventing stratification. In such cases,
 surface grab samples can be representative  of the mixed sediment column, and corers should be necessary
 only if excavation of infrequently disturbed sediments below the mixed layer is planned.

Grab samplers are also appropriate for collecting surficial samples of reference or control sediments. A
grab can be Teflon-coated to prevent potential  contamination  of trace metal samples.  The sampling
device should at least be rinsed with clean water between samples  and possibly also solvent-rinsed.

-------
                                              8-14

8.2.5.2                 Water Sample Collection

If water samples are necessary, representative samples should be collected with either a noncontaminating
pump or a discrete water sampler. When sampling with a pump, the potential for contamination can be
minimized by using a peristaltic or a magnetically coupled impeller-design pump. The system should be
flushed with the equivalent of 10 times the volume of the collection tubing. Also, any components within
several meters  of the sample  intake should be noncontaminating  (i.e., sheathed in polypropylene or
epoxy-coated).  Potential sample contamination must be avoided, including vessel emissions and other
sampling apparatus.

A discrete water sampler  should be of the close/open/close type so that only the target water sample
comes into contact with internal sampler surfaces.  Seals should be Teflon-coated whenever possible.
Water sampling devices should be acid-rinsed (1:1 nitric acid) prior to use for collection of trace-metal
samples, and solvent-rinsed prior to collection of samples for organic analyses.
8.2.5.3                Organism Collection

Benthic organism collection methods may be species specific and can include, but are not restricted to,
bottom trawling, grabs or cores. If organisms are to be maintained alive, they should be transferred
immediately to containers with clean, well-oxygenated water, and sediment as appropriate. Care must be
taken to prevent organisms from coming into contact with potentially contaminated areas or fuels, oils,
natural rubber, trace metals, or other contaminants.
8.2.6         Sample Handling, Preservation, and Storage

Detailed procedures for  sample handling,  preservation, and storage should be  part of the standard
operating procedures and protocols developed for each sampling operation. Samples  are  subject to
chemical, biological, and physical changes as soon as  they are collected. Sample handling, preservation,
and storage techniques have to be  designed to minimize any changes in composition of the  sample by
retarding chemical and/or biological activity and by avoiding contamination.  Collection methods, volume
requirements, container specifications, preservation techniques, storage conditions and holding times
(from the time of sample collection) for sediment, water, and tissue samples are discussed below  and
summarized in Table 8-2.
8.2.6.1                Sample Handling

Sufficient sample volume must be collected to:

-------
                                                              8-15
Table 8-2.     Summary of Recommended Procedures for Sample Collection, Preservation, and Storage.8
Analyses
Collection
Method"
Amount
Required0
Contained
Preservation
Technique
Storage
Conditions
Holding times6
SEDIMENT
Chemical/Physical Analyses
Metals


Organic compounds
(e.g., PCBs, pesticides,
polycyclic aromatic
hydrocarbons)

Particle size
Total Organic Carbon
(TOC)


Total solids/
specific gravity
Miscellaneous
Grab/corer


Grab/corer

Grab/corer
Grab/corer


Grab/corer
Grab/corer
100 g


250 g

100 g
50 g


50 g
>50g
Precleaned
polyethylene jarf


Solvent-rinsed
glass jar with
Teflon lidf

Whirl-pac bagf
Heat treated
glass vial with
Teflon-lined lidf


Whirl-pac bag
Whirl-pac bag
Dry icef or
freezer storage
for extended
storages;
otherwise
refrigerate
Dry icef or
freezer storage
for extended
storages;
otherwise
refrigerate
Refrigerate
Dry icef or
freezer storage
for extended
storages;
otherwise
refrigerate
Refrigerate
Refrigerate
<4°C


< 4°Cf/darkS

<4°C
<4°Cf


<4°C
<4°C
Hg - 28 days
Others - 6
months8


14 days11

Undetermined
14 days


Undetermined
Undetermined

-------
Table 8-2 (continued)
8-16
Analyses
Collection
Method"
Amount
Required0
Container*1
Preservation
Technique
Storage-
Conditions
Holding times6
SEDIMENT (continued)
Sediment from which
elutriate is prepared
Grab/corer
Depends
on tests
being
performed
Glass with
Teflon-lined lid
Completely fill
and refrigerate
4°C/dark/airtight
14 days
Biological Tests
Dredged material
Reference sediment
Control Sediment
Grab/corer
Grab/corer
Grab/corer
12-15 L
per
sample
45-50 L
per test
21-25 L
per test
Plastic bag or
container1
Plastic bag or
container1
Plastic bag or
container1
Completely fill
and refrigerate;
sieve
Completely fill
and refrigerate;
sieve
Completely fill
and refrigerate;
sieve
4°C/dark/airtight
4°C/dark/airtight
4°C/dark/airtight
14 daysj
14 days'
14 daysJ
WATER AND ELUTRIATE
Chemical/Physical Analyses
Particulate analysis
Metals
Total Kjeldahl nitrogen
(TKN)
Chemical oxygen
demand (COD)
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
500-
2000 mL
1 L
100 - 200
mL
200 mL
Plastic or glass
Acid-rinsed
polyethylene or
glass jar*
Plastic or glass1
Plastic or glass1
Lugols solution
and refrigerate
pH <2 with
HNO3k;
refrigerate
H2SO4 to pH <2;
refrigerate
H2SO4 to pH <2;
refrigerate
4°C
4°C 2°Ck
4°C1
4oci
Undetermined
Hg - 14 days
Others - 6
months1
24 h1
7 days1

-------
Table 8-2 (continued)
8-17
Analyses
Collection
Method"
Amount
Required0
Container11
Preservation
Technique
Storage
Conditions
WATER AND ELUTRIATE (continued)
Total organic carbon
(TOC)
Total inorganic carbon
(TIC)
Phenolic compounds
Soluble reactive
phosphates
Extractable organic
compounds (e.g.,
semivolatiles)
Volatile organic
compounds
Total phosphorus
Total solids
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
100 mL
100 mL
1 L
-
4L
80 mL
-
200 mL
Plastic or glass1
Plastic or glass1
Glass1
Plastic or glass1
Amber glass
bottlek
Glass vialk
Plastic or glass1
Plastic or glass1
H2SO4 to pH <2;
refrigerate
Airtight seal;
refrigerate11
0.1 - 1.0 g
CuSO4; H2SO4 to
pH<2;
refrigerate
Filter; refrigerate11
pH < 2, 6N HC1;
airtight seal;
refrigerate
pH < 2 with 1:1
HCL; refrigerate
in airtight,
completely filled
container15
H2SO4 to pH < 2;
refrigerate
Refrigerate
4oCl
4°C1
4oCl
4°C1
4°Ck
4°Ck
4oCi
4°C'
Holding times6

<48h1
6 months1
24 h1
24 h1
7 days for
extraction; 40
days for extract
analysisk
14 days for
sample analysis
if preserved1"
7 days'
7 days1

-------
Table 8-2 (continued)
8-18
Analyses
Collection
Method"
Amount
Required0
Container*1
Preservation
Technique
Storage
Conditions
Holding times6
WATER AND ELUTRIATE (continued)
Volatile solids
Sulfides
Discrete sampler
or pump
Discrete sampler
or pump
200 mL
-
Plastic or glass1
Plastic or glass1
Refrigerate
pH > 9 NaOH
(ZnAc);
refrigerate
4°C1
4oCi
7 days1
24 h1
Biological Tests
Site water
Dilution water
Grab
Grab or makeup
Depends
on tests
being
performed
Depends
on tests
being
performed
Plastic carboy
Plastic carboy
Refrigerate
Refrigerate
<4°C
<4°C
14 days
14 days
TISSUE
Metals
PCBs and chlorinated
pesticides
Volatile organic
compounds
Trawl/Teflon-
coated grab
Trawl/Teflon-
coated grab
Trawl/Teflon-
coated grab
5-10 g
10-25 g
10-25 g
Double Ziplocf
Hexane-rinsed
double
aluminum foil
and double
Ziplocf
Heat-cleaned
aluminum foil
and watertight
plastic bag"1
Handle with
nonmetallic
forceps; plastic
gloves; dry icef
Handle with
hexane-rinsed
stainless steel
forceps; dry icef
Covered ice
chestg
< -20°Cf or
freezer storage
< -20°Cf or
freezer storage
< -20°Ch or
freezer storage
Hg - 28 days
Others - 6
months"
14 daysh
14 days"

-------
Table 8-2 (continued)
                                                         8-19
Analyses

Collection
Methodb
Amount
Required0
Container*1

Preservation
Technique
Storage
Conditions
Holding times6

TISSUE (continued)
Semivolatile organic
compounds (e.g, PAH)



Lipids




Trawl/Teflon-
coated grab



Trawl/Teflon-
coated grab



10-25 g




part of
organic
analyses


Hexane-rinsed
double
aluminum foil
and double
Ziplocf
Hexane-rinsed
aluminum foil



Handle with
hexane-rinsed
stainless steel
forceps; dry icef

Handle with
hexane-rinsed
stainless steel
forceps; quick
freeze
< -20°Cf or
freezer storage



< -20°C or
freezer storage



14 daysh




14 days"




m
n
This table contains only a summary of collection, preservation, and storage procedures for samples. The cited references should be
consulted for a more detailed description of these procedures.
Collection method should include appropriate liners.
Amount of sample required by the laboratory to perform the analysis (wet weight or volume provided, as appropriate). Miscellaneous
sample size  for sediment should be increased if auxiliary analytes that cannot be included as part of the organic or metal analyses are
added to the list. The amounts shown are not intended as firm values; more or less tissue may be required depending on the analytes,
matrices, detection limits and particular analytical laboratory.
All containers should be certified as clean according  to EPA (1990a).
These holding times are for sediment, water, and tissue based on guidance that is sometimes administrative rather than technical in nature.
There are no promulgated,  scientifically based holding time criteria for sediments, tissues or elutriates. References should be consulted
if holding times for sample extracts are desired. Holding times are from the time of sample collection.
NOAA (1989)
Tetra Tech (1986a)
Sample may be held for up to one year if < -20°C.
Polypropylene should be used if phthalate bioaccumulation is of concern.
Two weeks  is recommended; sediments must not be held for longer than 8 weeks prior to biological testing.
EPA (1987c);  40 CFR Part 136, Table III
Plumb (1981)
If samples are not preserved to pH<2, then aromatic compounds must be analyzed within 7 days.
Tetra Tech (1986b)

-------
	8-20	

        •      perform the necessary analyses

        •      partition the samples,  either in the field or as soon as possible after sampling, for
               respective storage and/or analytical requirements (e.g., freezing for trace metal analysis,
               refrigeration for bioassays)

        •      provide sample for replicate or QA  analyses, if specified

        •      archive portions of the sample for possible later analysis.

Sample handling is project and analysis specific as well as being based on what is practical and possible.
Generally, samples to be analyzed for trace metals should not come into contact with metals, and samples
to be analyzed for organic compounds should not come into contact with  plastics. All sample containers
should be appropriately cleaned (acid-rinsed for analysis of metals; solvent-rinsed for analysis of organic
compounds).

For analysis of volatile compounds, samples should  completely fill the storage container, leaving no air-
space. These samples should be refrigerated but never frozen or the containers will crack. Samples for
other kinds of chemical analysis are sometimes frozen. If the sample is to be frozen, sufficient air space
should be allowed for expansion to take place. Container labels have to withstand soaking, drying, and
freezing without becoming  detached or illegible. The labelling  system should be tested prior to use in
the field.

Sediment samples for biological testing should have at least the larger living organisms removed from
the sediment prior to testing. This may be accomplished by press-sieving the sediments through a 1-mm-
mesh screen. Other matter retained on the screen with the organisms, such  as shell fragments, gravel, and
debris, should be recorded and discarded. Prior to use in bioassays,  individual test sediments should be
thoroughly homogenized with clean instruments (until color and textural homogeneity is achieved).
8.2.6.2                 Sample Preservation

Preservation  steps  should be  taken  immediately upon sediment  collection.  There is no  universal
preservation or storage technique although storage in the dark at 4°C is generally used for all samples
held for any length of time prior to partitioning, and for some samples after partitioning. A technique
for one group of analyses may interfere with other analyses. This problem can be overcome by collecting
sufficient sample volume to utilize specific preservation or storage techniques  for specific analytes or

-------
                                              8-21

 tests. Preservation, whether by refrigeration, freezing, or addition of chemicals, should be accomplished
 onboard the collecting vessel whenever possible. If final preservation techniques cannot be implemented
 in the field, the sample should be temporarily preserved in a manner that retains its integrity.

 Onboard refrigeration is generally  accomplished with coolers and ice; however, samples should be
 segregated from melting ice or cooling water. Samples which are to be frozen on board may be stored
 in an onboard freezer or may simply be placed in a cooler with dry ice or blue ice. Sediment samples
 for biological analysis should be preserved at 4°C, never frozen or dried. Additional guidance on sample
 preservation  is given in Table 8-2.
8.2.6.3                 Sample Storage

The elapsed time between sample collection and analysis should be as short as possible. Sample holding
times for chemical evaluations are analysis-specific (Table 8-2). Sediments for bioassay (toxicity and/or
bioaccumulation) testing should be tested as soon as possible, preferably within 2 weeks of collection.
Studies to date  suggest that  sediment storage time should not exceed 8 weeks (at 4°C, in the dark,
excluding air) (Becker and Ginn, 1990;  Tatem et al., 1991). Toxicity may change with storage time.
Sample storage conditions (e.g., temperature, location of samples) should be documented.
8.2.7         Logistical Considerations and Safety Precautions

A number of frustrations in  sample collection and handling can be minimized by carefully thinking
through the process and requirements before going to the field (e.g., see EPA, 1995). Contingency plans
are essential. Well-trained, qualified, and experienced field crews should be used. Backup equipment and
sampling gear, and appropriate repair parts, are advisable. A surplus of sampling containers and field data
sheets should be available. Sufficient ice and adequate ice-chest capacity should be provided, and the
necessity of replenishing ice before reaching the laboratory should be considered. A vessel with adequate
deck  space is safer and allows  for more efficient  work than an overcrowded vessel. Unforeseeable
circumstances (e.g., weather delays) are to be expected during field sampling, and time to adequately
accomodate the unforeseen has to be included in sampling schedules.

Appropriate safety and health precautions must be observed during field sampling activities. EPA (1984)
should be used as a guidance  document to prepare a site-specific health and safety plan. The health and
safety plan should be prepared as a separate document from the QA project plan. Requirements set forth
in the Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29 CFR § 1910.120 (Federal Register, Vol. 54,
No. 43) should be met for medical surveillance, personal protection, respirator fit testing (if applicable),

-------
 	8-22	

 and hazardous waste operations training (if applicable) by all personnel working in contaminated areas
 or working with contaminated media.

 The procedures and practices established in the site-specific health and safety plan must be observed by
 all individuals participating in the field activities. Safety requirements should also be met by all observers
 present during field audits and inspections. The plan should include the following information:

        •     site location and history

        •     scope of work

        •     site control

        •     hazard assessment (chemical and physical hazards)

        •     levels of protection and required safety equipment

        •     field monitoring requirements

        •     decontamination

        •     training and medical monitoring requirements

        •     emergency planning and emergency contacts.

Samples must be properly disposed when no longer needed.  Ordinary  sample-disposal methods  are
usually acceptable, and special precautions are seldom appropriate. Under Federal law [40 CFR 261.5(a)],
where highly contaminated wastes  are involved, if the waste generated is less than 100 Kg  per month,
the generator is conditionally exempt as a small-quantity generator and may accumulate up to 1,000 Kg
of waste on the property without being subject to the requirements  of Federal  hazardous  waste
regulations. However,  State and  local regulations  may require  special handling  and  disposal  of
contaminated samples.  When samples have  to be shipped,  49 CFR 100-177 should be consulted  for
current Department of Transportation regulations on packing and shipping.


8.2.8         Non-Indigenous Test Species

Over the last few years, there has been a growing awareness of the ecological and economic  damage
caused by introduced species. Because both east and west coast species are often used in bioaccumulation

-------
	8-23	

tests, there is a real potential of introducing bioaccumulation test species or associated fauna and flora
(e.g., pathogens, algae used in transporting the worms). It is the responsibility of the persons conducting
the bioaccumulation or toxicity tests to assure that no non-indigenous species are released.

The general procedures  to contain non-indigenous species are to collect  and  then  poison all water,
sediment, organisms and associated packing materials (e.g., algae, sediment) before disposal. Chlorine
bleach can be used as the poison. A double containment system is used to keep any spillage from going
down the drain. Guidance  on procedures used in toxicity  tests can be found in Appendix B of DeWitt
et al. (1992a). Flow-through tests can generate large quantities of water, and researchers should plan on
having sufficient storage facilities.

-------
	9-1	

9.0            PHYSICAL  ANALYSIS  OF SEDIMENT  AND  CHEMICAL ANALYSIS  OF
               SEDIMENT, WATER, AND TISSUE SAMPLES

This section provides guidance on the selection of chemical and physical analyses to aid in the evaluation
of dredged material for proposed disposal, and on the methods used to analyze these parameters. QA/QC
guidance is provided in Appendix G and EPA  (1995).

The methods cited in this section may be used to develop the required chemical information. However,
other methods may provide similar results, and the final choice of analytical procedures depends upon the
needs of each evaluation. In all cases, proven,  state-of-the-art methods should be used.

Any dredged material from estuarine or marine areas contains salt. The salt can interfere with the results
obtained from some analytical methods. Any methods proposed for the analysis of sediment and water
from  estuarine or marine environments must explicitly address steps taken to control salt interference.
9.1            Physical Analysis of Sediment

Physical characteristics of the dredged material must be determined to help assess the impact of disposal
on the benthic environment and the water column at the disposal site. This is the first step in the overall
process of sediment characterization, and also helps to identify appropriate control and reference sediments
for biological tests. In addition, physical analyses can be helpful in evaluating the results of analyses and
tests conducted later in the characterization process.

The general analyses may include (1) grain size, (2) total solids and (3) specific gravity.

Grain-size analysis defines the frequency distribution of the size ranges of the particles that make up the
project sediment (e.g., Plumb, 1981; Folk, 1980). The general size classes of gravel, sand, silt, and clay
are the most useful in describing the size distribution of particles in dredged-material samples. Use of the
Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) for physical characterization is recommended for the purpose
of consistency with USAGE engineering evaluations (ASTM, 1992).

Total  solids is a gravimetric determination of the organic and inorganic material remaining in a sample
after it has been dried at a specified temperature. The total  solids values generally are used to convert
concentrations of contaminants from a wet weight to a dry weight basis.

-------
 	9-2	

 The specific gravity of a sample is the ratio of the mass of a given volume of material to an equal volume
 of distilled water at the same temperature (Plumb, 1981). The specific gravity of a dredged-material
 sample helps to predict the behavior (i.e., dispersal and settling characteristics) of dredged material after
 disposal.

 Other physical/engineering properties (e.g.,  Atterburg limits, hydrometer analysis, settling properties, etc.)
 may  be needed to evaluate the  quality of any  effluent discharged from confined disposal facilities.
 Guidance in this regard is provided in Appendix B.
 9.2            Target Detection Limits

 The selection of appropriate target detection limits (TDLs) is vital (e.g., TetraTech, 1986a; EPA, 1986a).
 TDLs should be lower  than  the  appropriate values against which the data are to be compared for
 interpretation. Different analytical methods are capable of detecting different concentrations of a chemical
 in a sample.  For example, a highly sensitive  technique can detect a much lower chemical concentration
 than can a screening technique for the same chemical. The accuracy of measurements also differs among
 analytical techniques. In  general, as the sensitivity and accuracy of a technique increases, so does the cost.
 Recommended TDLs that are judged to be feasible, cost effective, and to meet the requirements for
 dredged material evaluations are summarized in EPA (1995), along with example analytical methods that
 are capable of meeting those TDLs.  However, any method that can achieve those TDLs is acceptable,
 provided that the appropriate documentation of the method performance is generated for the project.

 The TDL is  a performance goal set between  the  lowest, technically feasible detection limit for routine
 analytical methods and available regulatory criteria or guidelines for evaluating dredged material.  The
 TDL is, therefore, equal to or greater than the lowest amount of a chemical  that can be reliably detected
 based on the variability of the blank response of routine analytical methods (see EPA [1995] for discussion
 of method blank response). However, the reliability of a chemical  measurement  generally increases as
 the concentration increases.  Analytical costs may also be lower at higher detection limits.   For these
 reasons, the TDLs in EPA (1995) have been  set at not less than 10 times lower than available regional
 or international  dredged  material  guidelines  for  potential biological effects associated with sediment
 chemical contamination.

All data generated for dredged material evaluation should meet the TDLs in EPA (1995) unless prevented
by sample-specific interferences.  Any sample-specific interferences must be well documented by  the
laboratory. If significantly higher or  lower TDLs are required to meet  rigorously defined data quality

-------
	9-3	

objectives (e.g., for human health risk assessments) for a specific project then, on a project-specific basis,
modification to existing analytical procedures may be necessary. Such modifications must be documented
in the QA project plan. An experienced analytical chemist should be consulted so the most appropriate
method modifications can be assessed, the appropriate coordination with the analytical laboratory can be
implemented,  and  the data quality  objectives  can be met.   A more detailed  discussion of method
modifications  is provided in EPA (1995).
9.3            Chemical Analysis of Sediment

9.3.1          Target Analytes

Chemical analysis provides information about the  chemicals present in the  dredged material that, if
biologically available, could cause toxicity and/or be bioaccumulated. This information is valuable for
exposure assessment and for deciding which  of the contaminants present in the dredged material to
measure in tissue samples.

If the historical review conducted in Tier I (Section 4.1) establishes a reason to believe that sediment
contaminants may be present, but fails to produce sufficient information to develop a definitive list of
potential contaminants, a list of target analytes has  to be compiled. Target analytes  should be selected
from, but not  necessarily  limited to,  the compounds in Table  9-1  and  from the historical review
information. The target list should include contaminants that historical information or commercial and/or
agricultural applications suggest could be present at a  specific dredging site — for example,  tributyltin
near shipyards, berthing  areas,  and marinas where these compounds have been  applied. Analysis  of
polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) in dredged material should focus on those PAH compounds that
are on the priority pollutant list (Clarke and Gibson, 1987).

All PCB analyses  should be made using congener-specific methods. The sum of the concentrations  of
specific congeners is an appropriate measure of total PCBs (NOAA, 1989).

Sediments should be analyzed for total organic carbon  (TOC). This is particularly important if there are
hydrophobic organics on the contaminant of  concern  list developed  in Tier I. The TOC content  of
sediment is a measure of the total amount of oxidizable organic material in a sample and also affects
contaminant bioaccumulation by,  and effects to, organisms (e.g.,  Di Toro et  al,  1991; DeWitt et al.,
1992b).

-------
                                                        9-4

Table 9-1.       Potential Contaminants of Concern  Listed According to Structural Compound Class.
Structural Compound
Class
Phenols
Substituted Phenols
Organonitrogen
Compounds
Low Molecular Weight
Polynuclear Aromatic
Hydrocarbons (PAH)
High Molecular Weight
Polynuclear Aromatic
Hydrocarbons (PAH)
Chlorinated Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
Contaminant
Chlorinate Aliphatic
Hydrocarbons
phenol
2,4-dimethylphenol
2-methylphenol
4-methylphenol

2,4,6-trichlorophenol
para-chloro-meta-cresol
2-chlorophenol
2,4-dichlorophenol
2-nitrophenol
4-nitrophenol
2,4-dinitrophenol
4,6-dinitro-o-cresol
pentachlorophenol

benzidine
3,3'-dichlorobenzidine
2,4-dinitrotoluene
2,6-dinitrotoluene
1,2-diphenylhydrazine
nitrobenzene
N-nitrosodimethylamine
W-nitrosodiphenylamine
AAnitrosodipropylamine

acenaphthene
naphthalene
acenaphthylene
anthracene
phenanthrene
fluorene
1-methylnapthalene
2-methylnapthalene

fluoranthene
benzo(a)anthracene
benzofajpyrene
benzo^luoranthene
benzo(7f)fluoranthene
chrysene
benzofgfi/Jperylene
dibenzo(a,/),)anthracene
ideno(1,2,3-cd)pyrene
pyrene

1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
hexachlorobenzene
2-chloronaphthalene
1,2-dichlorobenzene
1,3-dichlorobenzene
1,4-dichlorobenzene

hexachlorobutadiene
hexachloroethane
Structural Compound
Class
                                                                Halogenated Ethers
                                                                Phthalates
                                                                Polychlorinated
                                                                Biphenyls (PCB)
                                                                as Aroclorsa
Miscellaneous
Oxygenated
Compounds

Pesticides
Contaminant
                                                                                           hexachlorocyclopentadiene
bis(2-chloroethyl)ether
4-chlorophenyl ether
4-bromophenyl ether
bis(2-chloroisopropyl)
ether
bis(2-chlorethoxy)methane

bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
butyl benzyl phthalate
di-n-butyl phthalate
di-n-octyl phthalate
diethyl phthalate
dimethyl phthalate

PCB-1242
PCB-1254
PCB-1221
PCB-1232
PCB-1248
PCB-1260
PCB-1016

TCDD (dioxin)"
PCDF (furan)
isophorone

aldrin
dieldrin
chlordane
chlorbenside
dacthal
DDT0
endosulfand
endrin
endrin aldehyde
heptachlor
heptachlor epoxide
a-hexachlorocyclohexane
p-hexachlorocyclohexane
8-hexachlorocyclohexane
T^hexachlorocyclohexane
toxaphene
mirex
methoxychlor
parathion
malathion
guthion
demeton

-------
 Table 9-1.  (continued)
                                                          9-5
 Structural Compound
 Class
 Volatile Halogenated
 Alkanes
Volatile Halogenated
Alkenes
Volatile Aromatic
Hydrocarbons
Chlorinated
Benzenes
Contaminant
Structural Compound
Class
tetrachloromethane
1,2-dichloroethane
1,1,1-trichloroethane
1,1-dichloroethane
1,1,2-trichloroethane
1,1,2,2-tetrachloroe thane
chloroethane
chloroform
1,2-dichloropropane
dichloromethane
chloromethane
bromomethane
bromoform
dichlorobromoethane
fluorotrichloromethane
dichlorodifluoromethane
chlorodibromomethane

1,1-dichlorethylene
1,2-rrans-dichlorethylene
frans-1,3-dichloropropene
c/s-1,3-dichloropropene
tetrachlorethene
trichlorethene
vinyl chloride

benzene
ethyl benzene
toluene

1,3-dichlorobenzene
1,4-dichlorobenzene
1,2-dichlorobenzene
1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
hexachlorobenzene
Volatile Unsaturated
Carbonyl Compounds

Volatile Ethers
                                                                 Metals
                                                                Miscellaneous
                                                                                               Contaminant
acrolein
acrylonitrile

2-chlorethylvinylether
bis(chloromethyl)ether
                              aluminum
                              antimony
                              arsenic
                              beryllium
                              butyltins
                              cadmium
                              chromium (hexavalent)
                              cobalt
                              copper
                              iron
                              lead
                              manganese
                              mercury
                              nickel
                              selenium
                              silver
                              thallium
                              tin
                              zinc

                              ammonia6
                              asbestos
                              benzoic acid
                              cyanide
                              guaiacols
                              methylethyl  ketone
                              resin  acids
alt is recommended that PCB analyses use congener-specific methods. The sum of the concentrations of specific congeners is an
appropriate measure of total PCBs (see Table 9-3).
bAdditional dioxin and furan (e.g., TCDF) compounds are listed  in Table 9-2.
Includes DDT, ODD, and DDE
dlncludes ^-endosulfan, p-endosulfan, and endosulfan sulfate.
8Ammonia may not be a contaminant of concern at certain open-water dredged material disposal sites (e.g., dispersive situations and
situations with well-oxygenated overlying water).

-------
 	9-6	

 Sediments in which metals are suspected to be contaminants of concern may also be analyzed for acid
 volatile  sulfide (AVS) (Di Toro  et al.,  1990;  EPA,  1991a).  Although acceptable guidance on the
 interpretation  of AVS measurements is not yet available, and AVS  measurements  are not generally
 recommended at this time, such measurements can provide information on the bioavailability of metals
 in anoxic sediments. Presently, AVS studies represent an area of on-going research which may be formally
 included in the manual if and when decision criteria are determined.
9.3.2          Selection of Analytical Techniques

Once the list of target analytes  for sediments has  been established,  analytical methods have to be
determined. The methods will, to  some degree, dictate the amount of sediment sample required for each
analysis. General sample sizes are provided in Table 8-2, and include possible requirements for more than
one analysis for each group of analytes. The amount of sample used in an analysis affects the detection
limits attainable by a particular method.

TOC analyses should be based on high-temperature combustion rather than on chemical oxidation. Some
classes of organic compounds are  not fully degraded by chemical/ultraviolet techniques. The volatile and
nonvolatile organic components make up the TOC of a sample. Because inorganic carbon (e.g., carbonates
and bicarbonates) can be a significant proportion of the total carbon in some sediment, the sample has to
be treated with acid to remove the inorganic carbon prior to TOC analysis. The method of Plumb (1981)
recommends HC1 as the acid. An alternative choice might be sulfuric acid since it is nonvolatile, is used
as the preservative, and does not add to the chloride burden of the sample. Whatever acid is used, it has
to be demonstrated on sodium chloride blanks that there is no interference generated from the combined
action of acid and salt in the sample. Acceptable methods for TOC analysis are  available from EPA
(1995).

For many metals analyses in marine/estuarine areas, the concentration of salt may be much greater than
the analyte of interest and can cause unacceptable interferences in certain analytical techniques. In such
cases, the freshwater approach of acid digestion followed by inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission
spectrometry (ICP) or graphite furnace atomic absorption spectroscopy (GFAAS) should be coupled with
appropriate techniques for controlling this interference. The Hg method in EPA (1986a; Method 7471) may
be used for the analysis of Hg  in sediment.  Tributyltin may be analyzed by the method of Rice et al.
(1987), and selenium and arsenic by the method of EPRI (1986).  A total extraction of metal ions is neither
necessary nor desirable for dredged material evaluations. The standard aqua regia extraction yields con-
sistent and reproducible results.

-------
 	9-7	

 The recommended method for analysis of semivolatile and  volatile priority pollutants in sediment is
 described by Tetra Tech (1986a). Analysis for organic compounds should always use capillary-column gas
 chromatography (GC): gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) techniques for semi-volatile and
 volatile priority pollutants, and dual column gas chromatography/electron-capture detection (GC/ECD) for
 pesticides and PCBs (NOAA, 1989). Alternatively, GC/MS using selected ion monitoring can be used for
 PCB and pesticide analysis. These analytically sound techniques yield accurate data on the concentrations
 of chemicals in the  sediment matrix.  The analytical  techniques for  semivolatile  organic compounds
 generally involve solvent extraction from the sediment matrix and subsequent analysis, after cleanup, using
 GC or GC/MS. Extensive cleanup is necessitated by the likelihood of (1) biological macromolecules, (2)
 sulfur from sediments with low or no oxygen, and (3) oil and/or grease in the sediment. The analysis of
 volatile organic compounds incorporates purge-and-trap techniques with analysis by either GC or GC/MS.
 If dioxin (i.e., 2,3,7,8, - TCDD) analysis is being performed,  the methods of Kuehl et al. (1987), Smith
 et al. (1984), EPA (1989b; Method 8290), or EPA (1990c; Method  1613) and summary in EPA (1995)
 should be consulted.  EPA Method 1613 is the recommended  procedure for measuring the tetra- through
 octa- chlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins (PCDDs) and dibenzofurans  (PCDFs).  This  method  has been
 developed for analysis of water, soil, sediment, sludge, and tissue.  Table 9-2 shows the 17 compounds
 determined by Method 1613.

 Techniques for analysis of chemical constituents  have  some inherent limitations for sediment samples.
 Interferences encountered  as  part of the sediment  matrix, particularly in samples  from  heavily
 contaminated areas, may  limit the ability of a method to detect or quantify some analytes.  The most
 selective methods using GC/MS techniques are recommended for all nonchlorinated organic compounds
 because such analysis can often avoid problems due to matrix interferences. Gas chromatography/electron-
 capture detection (GC/ECD) methods are recommended as the primary analytical tool for all PCB and
 pesticide analyses because GC/ECD analysis will  result  in  lower  detection limits.  The  analysis and
 identification of PCBs by  GC/ECD methods are  based upon relative retention times and peak shapes.
 Matrix interferences  may  result in the reporting of false negatives, although congener-specific PCB
 analysis reduces this concern relative to use of the historical Aroclor® matching procedure.

PCBs have traditionally been quantified with respect to  Aroclor® mixtures.  This procedure can result in
errors in determining concentrations  (Brown et al.,  1984).  For  dredged material evaluations,  the
concentration of total PCBs should be determined by summing the concentrations of specific individual
PCB congeners identified in the sample (see Table 9-3). The minimum number of PCB congeners that
should be analyzed are listed in the first column of Table 9-3 (i.e., "summation" column) (NOAA, 1989).
This summation is considered the  most accurate  representation of the PCB concentration in  samples.
Additional PCB congeners are also listed in Table 9-3.  McFarland and Clarke (1989)  recommend  these
PCB congeners for analysis based on environmental abundance, persistence, and biological importance.

-------
	9-8	
Table 9-2.    PCDD and PCDF Compounds Determined by Method 1613
 Native Compound1                2,3,7,8-TCDF
                                 2,3,7,8-TCDD
                               1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF
                               2,3,4,7,8-PeCDF
                               1,2,3,7,8-PeCDD
                             1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDF
                             1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDF
                             2,3,4,6,7,8-HxCDF
                             1,2,3,4,7,8-HxCDD
                             1,2,3,6,7,8-HxCDD
                             1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDD
                             1,2,3,7,8,9-HxCDF
                           1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDF
                           1,2,3,4,6,7,8-HpCDD
                           1,2,3,4,7,8,9-HpCDF
                                       OCDD
                                       OCDF

 Poly chlorinated dioxins and furans:
 TCDD   =  Tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
 TCDF   =  Tetrachlorodibenzofuran
 PeCDD  =  Pentachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
 PeCDF   =  Pentachlorodibenzofuran
 HxCDD  =  Hexachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
 HxCDF  =  Hexachlorodibenzofuran
 HpCDD  =  Heptachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
 HpCDF  =  Heptachlorodibenzofuran
 OCDD   =  Octachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
 OCDF   =  Octachlorodibenzofuran

-------
	9-9	

Table 9-3. Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) Congeners Recommended for Quantitation as Potential
          Contaminants of Concern.
PCB Congener8

2,4' diCB
2,2', 5 triCB
2,4,4' triCB
3,4,4' triCB
2,2', 3,5' tetraCB
2,2', 4,5' tetraCB
2,2' ,5,5' tetraCB
2,3 ',4,4' tetraCB
2,3', 4' ,5 tetraCB
2,4,4' ,5 tetraCB
3, 3 ',4,4' tetraCB
3,4,4',5 tetraCB
2,2', 3, 4,5' pentaCB
2,2', 3,4' ,5 pentaCB
2,2', 4,5,5' pentaCB
2,3,3 ',4,4' pentaCB
2,3,4,4', 5 pentaCB
2,3', 4,4', 5 pentaCB
2,3',4,4',6 pentaCB
2' ,3,4,4' ,5 pentaCB
3,3',4,4',5 pentaCB
2', 3,3', 4,4' hexaCB
2,2', 3,4,4' ,5' hexaCB
2,2',3,5,5',6 hexaCB
2,2', 4,4' ,5,5' hexaCB
2,3,3 ',4,4', 5 hexaCB
2,3,3',4,4',5 hexaCB
2,3,3',4,4',6 hexaCB
2,3', 4,4', 5,5' hexaCB
2,3',4,4',5',6 hexaCB
3,3', 4,4', 5,5' hexaCB
2,2',3,3',4,4',5 heptaCB
2,2', 3,4,4', 5,5' heptaCB
2,2', 3,4,4', 5', 6 heptaCB
2,2',3,4,4',6,6' heptaCB
2,2', 3,4' ,5,5', 6 heptaCB
2,3,3',4,4',5,5' heptaCB
Congener Number
Summation0
8
18
28

44

52
66


77



101
105

118


126f
128
138

153





169f
170
180


187

b
Highest
Priority11










77

87
49
101
105

118


126f
128
138

153
156




169f
170
180
183
184



Second
Priority*

18

37
44
99
52

70
74

81




114

119
123



151


157
158
167
168





187
189
                                                                                 (continued)

-------
                                             9-10
Table 9-3.    (continued)
PCB Congener8


2,2' ,3,3' ,4,4' ,5,6 octaCB
2,2', 3,3', 4,5,5', 6' octaCB
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6nonaCB
2,2' ,3,3', 4,4' ,5,5', 6,6' decaCB
Congener
Highest
Summation' Priority11
195

206
209
Numberb
Second
Priority'

201


aPCB congeners recommended for quantitation, from dichlorobiphenyl (diCB) through decachlorobiphenyl
(decaCB).

bCongeners are identified by their International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) number,
as referenced in Ballschmiter and Zell (1980) and Mullin et al. (1984).

These congeners  are  summed to  determine  total  PCB  concentration  following  the   approach in
NOAA (1989).

dPCB congeners having highest priority for potential environmental importance based on potential for
toxicity,  frequency of  occurrence  in  environmental  samples,  and  relative  abundance in  animal
tissues (McFarland and Clarke, 1989).

ePCB congeners having second priority for potential environmental  importance based on potential for
toxicity,  frequency of occurrence  in environmental samples,  and  relative  abundance in  animal
tissues (McFarland and Clarke, 1989).

fTo separate PCBs 126 and 169, it is necessary to initially utilize an enrichment step with an activated
carbon column (Smith,  1981).

-------
	9-11	

McFarland et al. (1986) note that the most toxic PCB congeners lie mainly within the tetra-, penta-, and
hexa- chlorobiphenyl groups. Sample preparation for PCB congener analysis should follow the techniques
described by Tetra Tech (1986a) or EPA (1986a), but with instrumental analysis and quantification using
standard capillary GC columns on individual PCB isomers according to the methods reported by NOAA
(1989) (see also Dunn et al., 1984; Schwartz et al., 1984;  Mullin et al., 1984; Stalling et al., 1987).

Although the methods mentioned above are adequate for detecting and quantifying concentrations of those
PCB congeners comprising the majority of total PCBs in environmental samples, they are not appropriate
for separating  and quantifying PCB congeners which may coelute with other congeners and/or may be
present at  relatively small concentrations in the total PCB  mixture. Included in this latter  group of
compounds, for example, are PCBs  126  and 169, two of the more  toxic nonortho-substituted (coplanar)
PCB congeners (Table 9-3). In order to separate these  (and other toxic nonortho-substituted congeners),
it  is necessary  to initially utilize an enrichment  step with an activated carbon column (Smith, 1981).
Various types of carbon columns have been used, ranging from simple gravity columns (e.g., in a Pasteur
pipette) to  more elaborate (and efficient) columns using high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC)
systems (see Schwartz et al., 1993).  The preferred method of separation and quantitation of the enriched
PCB mixture has been via high resolution GC-MS with  isotope dilution (Kuehl et al., 1991; Ankley et al.,
1993; Schwartz et al., 1993). However, recent studies have shown that if the carbon enrichment is done
via HPLC,  the nonortho-substituted PCB congeners of concern also may be quantifiable via more widely
available GC/ECD systems (Schwartz et al., 1993).

The overall toxicity of nonortho-substituted PCBs at a  site can be assessed based on a comparison with
the toxicity of 2,3,7,8-tetrachloro-dibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD). A similar procedure can be used for assessing
the toxicity of  a mixture of dioxins and furans.  In this "toxicity equivalency factor" (TEF) approach,
potency values  of individual congeners (relative to TCDD) and their  respective sediment concentrations
are used to derive a "summed" 2,3,7,8-TCDD equivalent (TCDD-EQ) (EPA, 1989c; Table 9-4). Ankley
et  al. (1992b) provide an example of the use of this approach.

TEFs have been derived for human health purposes.  For aquatic organisms  the relative toxicities of
different PCB congeners and dioxins are likely to be quite different.  For instance, wildlife or  fish TEF
for PCBs are not equivalent to those for humans (Walker et al., 1992).

To ensure that contaminants not included in the list of target analytes  are not overlooked in the  chemical
characterization of the dredged material, the analytical results should also be scrutinized by trained
personnel.  The presence of persistent major unknown analytes should be noted. Methods involving
GC/MS techniques  for organic compounds  are recommended for the identification of any unknown
analytes.

-------
	9-12	

Table 9-4.      Methodology for Toxicity Equivalency Factors

Because toxicity information on some dioxin and furan species is scarce, a structure-activity relationship
has been assumed.  The toxicity  of each congener is expressed as a fraction of the toxicity of 2,3,7,8
TCDD.
Compound
2,3,7,8 TCDD
other TCDD
2,3,7,8-PeCDDs
other PeCDDs
2,3,7,8-HxCDDs
other HxCDDs
2,3,7,8-HpCDDs
other HpCDDs
OCDD
2,3,7,8-TCDF
other TCDFs
1,2,3,7,8-PeCDF
2,3,4,7,8-PeCDF
other PeCDFs
2,3,7,8-HxCDFs
other HxCDFs
2,3,7,8-HpCDFs
other HpCDFs
OCDF
TEF
1
0
0.5
0
0.1
0
0.01
0
0.001
0.1
0
0.05
0.5
0
0.1
0
0.01
0
0.001

-------
                                               9-13

9.4            Chemical Analysis of Water

9.4.1          Analytical Targets

Analysis to determine the potential release of dissolved contaminants from the dredged material (standard
elutriate)  may be necessary to make a factual determination. Elutriate tests (Section 10.1.2.1) involve
mixing dredged material with dredging site water and allowing the mixture to  settle. The portion of the
dredged material that is considered to have the potential to impact the water column is the supernatant
remaining after undisturbed settling and centrifugation. Chemical analysis of the elutriate allows a direct
comparison, after allowance for mixing, to applicable water quality standards  (WQS).  When collecting
samples for elutriate  testing, consideration should be given to adequate volumes of water and sediment
required to prepare samples for analysis including replicates where appropriate. In some instances, when
there is poor settling, the elutriate  preparation  has to be performed successively several times  to
accumulate enough water for testing.

Historical water quality information from the dredging site (Tier I) should be evaluated along with data
obtained from the chemical analysis of sediment samples to select target analytes. Chemical evaluation
of the dredged material provides a known list of constituents which might affect the water column. All
target analytes identified in the sediment should initially be considered potential targets for water analysis.
Nonpriority-pollutant chemical components which are found in measurable concentrations in the sediments
should be included as targets if review of the literature indicates that these analytes have the potential to
bioaccumulate  in animals  [i.e.,  have a  high Kov/  or bioconcentration factor  (BCF)] and/or  are  of
lexicological concern.
9.4.2          Analytical Techniques

In contrast to freshwater,  there generally are no  EPA approved methods for analysis of saline  water
although widely  accepted methods  have existed  for  some time  (e.g.,  Strickland and Parsons,  1972;
Grasshoff et al.,  1983; Parsons et al., 1984). Application of the freshwater methods to  saltwater will
frequently result in higher detection limits than are common for freshwater unless care is taken to control
the effects of salt on the analytical signal. Modifications or substitute methods (e.g., additional extract
concentration steps,  larger sample sizes, or concentration of extracts  to smaller volumes) might be
necessary to properly determine analyte concentration in seawater or to meet the desired target detection
limits (TDLs). It  is extremely important to ascertain a laboratory's ability to execute methods and  attain
acceptable detection  limits in matrices containing up to 3% sodium chloride.

-------
                                              9-14

Once the list of target analytes for water has been established, analytical methods have to be determined.
The water volume required for specific analytical methods may vary. A minimum of 1 L of elutriate
should be prepared for metals analysis (as little as 100 mL may be analyzed). One liter of elutriate should
be analyzed for organic compounds. Sample size should also include the additional volume required for
the matrix spike and matrix spike duplicate analyses required as part of the analytical procedure. Samples
from the dredging site and, where appropriate, disposal site, should be delivered for organic and metals
analysis. Sample size is  one of the limiting factors in determining detection limits for water analyses, but
TDLs below the WQS  must be the goal in all cases.  Participating laboratories should routinely report
detection limits achieved for a given analyte.

Detailed methods for the analysis of organic and inorganic priority pollutants in water are referenced in
40 CFR 136 and in EPA  (1983). Additional approved methods include EPA (1986a,b; 1988a,b,c; 1990b,c);
APHA (1989); ASTM  (1991b); Tetra Tech (1985). Most of these methods will require modification to
achieve low  detection limits in saline waters. Analysis of the semivolatile organic priority pollutants
involves a solvent extraction of water with an optional sample cleanup procedure and analysis using GC
or GC/MS. The volatile priority pollutants  are determined by ,using purge-and-trap techniques and are
analyzed by either GC or GC/MS. If dioxin (i.e., 2,3,7,8, - TCDD) analysis is necessary, Kuehl et al.
(1987),  Smith  et al. (1984), EPA  (1989b; Method 8290), or EPA (1990c; Method 1613) should be
consulted. EPA Method  1613 is the recommended procedure for measuring the tetra- through octa-PCDDs
and PCDFs.

A primary requirement for analysis of inorganic and organic priority pollutants is to obtain detection limits
which will result in usable, quantitative data that can subsequently be compared against applicable WQS
to determine compliance with the water quality certification requirement under Section 401. Existing EPA
methods for freshwater analysis need to be adapted to achieve environmentally meaningful detection limits
in saline waters because of matrix interferences  caused by salt. For  example, it is recommended that
sample extracts be concentrated to the lowest possible volume prior  to instrumental analysis, and that
instrumental injection volumes be increased to lower the detection limits. All PCB and pesticide analytes
should be analyzed by using GC/ECD, since the GC/ECD methods are more sensitive to these compounds
and will lower the detection limits. PCBs should be quantified as  specific  congeners (Mullin et al., 1984;
Stalling et al., 1987) and as total PCBs based on the summation of particular congeners (NOAA,  1989).

Analysis of saline water for metals is subject to matrix interferences from salts, particularly sodium and
chloride ions, when the samples are concentrated prior to instrumental analysis. The  gold-amalgamation
method  using cold-vapor atomic absorption spectrophotometry (AAS)  analysis is recommended to
eliminate saline water matrix interferences for mercury analysis. Methods using  solvent extraction and

-------
 	9-15	

 AAS analysis may be required to reduce saline water matrix interferences for other target metals. Other
 methods appropriate for metals include:  cadmium, copper, lead, iron, zinc, silver (Danielson et al., 1978);
 arsenic (EPRI, 1986); selenium and antimony (Sturgeon et al., 1985); low levels of mercury (Bloom et
 al.,  1983); and, tributyltin (Rice et al., 1987).  Graphite-furnace AAS  techniques after extraction  are
 recommended for the analysis of metals, with the exception of mercury.
 9.5            Chemical Analysis of Tissues

 9.5.1          Target Analytes

 Bioaccumulation is evaluated by analyzing tissues of test organisms for contaminants determined to be
 of concern for a specific dredged material. Sediment contaminant data and available information on the
 bioaccumulation potential of those analytes have to be interpreted to establish target compounds.

 The n-octanol/water partition coefficient (Kov/) is used to estimate the BCFs of chemicals in organism/water
 systems (Chiou et al., 1977; Kenaga and Goring, 1980; Veith et al., 1980; Mackay, 1982). The potential
 for bioaccumulation generally increases as Kov/ increases, particularly for compounds with log ^fow less than
 approximately 6.  Above this value, there is less of a tendency  for bioaccumulation potential to increase
 with increasing Kov/.  Consequently, the relative potential for bioaccumulation of organic compounds can
 be estimated from the A"ow of the compounds. EPA (1985) recommends that compounds for which the log
 A"ow is greater than 3.5 be considered for further evaluation of bioaccumulation  potential. The organic
 compound classes of priority pollutants with the greatest potential to  bioaccumulate are  PAHs,  PCBs,
 pesticides, and some phthalate esters. Generally, the volatile organic, phenol, and organonitrogen priority
 pollutants are not readily bioaccumulated,  but  exceptions  include the chlorinated benzenes and the
 chlorinated phenols.  Table 9-5 provides data for organic priority pollutants based  on Kovl. Specific target
 analytes for PCBs and PAHs are discussed in Section 9.3.1. The water  content and percent lipids should
 be routinely determined as part of tissue analyses for organic contaminants.

 Table 9-6 ranks the  bioaccumulation  potential of the inorganic priority pollutants based  on calculated
 BCFs. Dredged material contaminants with BCFs greater than 1,000  (log BCF  >3)  should be  further
 evaluated for bioaccumulation potential.

Tables 9-5 and 9-6 should be used with caution  because they are based on calculated bioconcentration
from water. Sediment bioaccumulation tests, in contrast, are concerned with accumulation from a complex
medium  via all possible routes of uptake.  The appropriate use of the tables is to help in selecting

-------
                                               9-16

Table 9-5.      Octanol/Water Partition Coefficients (Kow) for Organic Compound Priority Pollutants and
               301(h) Pesticides3.
Pollutant



Di-n-octyl phthalate
Indeno( 1 ,2,3-o/)pyrene
Benzo(s>fci)perylene
PCB-1260
Mirex"
Benzo(fc)fluoranthene
Benzo(fc)fluoranthene
PCB-1248
2,3,7,8-TCDD (dioxin)
Benzo(a)pyrene
Chlordane
PCB-1242
4,4' -ODD
Dibenzo(a, /z)anthracene
PCB-1016
4,4' -DDT
4,4' -DDE
Benzo(a)anthracene
Chrysene
Endrin aldehyde
Fluoranthene
Hexachlorocyclopentadiene
Dieldrin
Heptachlor
Heptachlor epoxide
Hexachlorobenzene
Di-n-butyl phthalate
4-Bromophenyl phenyl ether
Pentachlorophenol
4-Chlorophenyl phenyl ether
Pyrene
2-Chloronaphthalene
Endrin
PCB-1232
Phenanthrene
Fluorene
Anthracene
Methoxychlorb
Hexachlorobutadiene
1 ,2,4-trichlorobenzene
Bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate
Octanol/Water
Partition
Coefficient
(log tfow)
9.2
7.7
7.0
6.9
6.9
6.8
6.6
6.1
6.1
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
5.9
5.7
5.7
5.6
5.6
5.6
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.4
5.4
5.2
5.1
5.1
5.0
4.9
4.9
4.7
4.6
4.5
4.5
4.4
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.2
4.2
Pollutant



Acenaphthylene
Butyl benzyl phthalate
PCB-1221
Hexachloroethane
Acenaphthene
a-hexachlorocyclohexane
6-hexachlorocyclohexane
B-hexachlorocyclohexane
y-hexachlorocyclohexane
Parathionb
Chlorobenzene
2,4,6-trichlorophenol
B-endosulfan
Endosulfan sulfate
ct-endosulfan
Naphthalene
Fluorotrichloromethanec
1 ,4-dichlorobenzene
1 ,3-dichlorobenzene
1 ,2-dichlorobenzene
Toxaphene
Ethylbenzene
W-ni tro s odiphenylamine
P-chloro-m cresol
2,4-dichlorophenol
3,3' -dichlorobenzene
Aldrin
1 ,2-diphenylhydrazine
4-nitrophenol
Malathionb
Tetrachloroethene
4,6-dinitro-o-cresol
Tetrachloroethene
Bis(2-chloroisopropyl)ether
1,1,1 -trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
2,4-dimethylphenol
1 ,1 ,2,2-tetrachloroethane
Bromoform
1 ,2-dichloropropane
Toluene
Octanol/Water
Partition
Coefficient
dog Kow)
4.1
4.0
4.0
3.9
3.9
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.7
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.5
3.5
3.4
3.4
3.3
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.0
3.0
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.8
2.6
2.6
2.5
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.3
2.3
2.2

-------
Table 9-5.  (continued)
                                                   9-17
  Pollutant
Octanol/Water
Partition
Coefficient
dog *„)
Pollutant
  1,1,2-trichloroethane             2.2
  Guthionb                       2.2
  Dichlorodiflouromethanec        2.2
  2-chlorophenol                  2.2
  Benzene                        2.1
  Chlorodibromomethane          2.1
  2,4-dinitrotoluene               2.1
  2,6-dinitrotoluene               2.0
  Trans-1,2-dichloropropene       2.0
  Cis-1,3-dichloropropene         2.0
  Demeton"                      1.9
  Chloroform                     1.9
  Dichlorobromomethane          1.9
  Nitrobenzene                   1.9
  Benzidine                      1.8
  1,1-dichloroethane               1.8
  2-nitrophenol                   1.8
  Isophorone                     1.7
Octanol/Water
Partition
Coefficient
dog KJ
                        Dimethyl phthalate               1.6
                        Chloroethane                    1.5
                        2,4-dinitrophenol                 1.5
                        1,1-dichloroethylene              1.5
                        Phenol                          1.5
                        1,2-dichloroethane               1.4
                        Diethyl phthalate                 1.4
                        N-nitrosodipropylamine           1.3
                        Dichloromethane                 1.3
                        2-chloroethylvinylether           1.3
                        Bis(2-chloroethoxy)methane       1.3
                        Acrylonitrile                     1.2
                        Bis(2-chloroethyl)ether           1.1
                        Bromomethane                   1.0
                        Acrolein                         0.9
                        Chloromethane                   0.9
                        Vinyl chloride                   0.6
                        /V-nitrosodimethylamine           0.6
aAdapted from Terra Tech (1985).
b301(h) pesticides not on the priority pollutant list.
°No longer on priority pollutant or 301(h) list.

[Note: Mixtures, such as PCB Aroclors®, cannot have discrete Kow values, however, the value given is a rough
estimate for the mean. It is recommended that all PCB analyses use congener-specific methods. All PCB congeners
have a log  Kow >4 (L. Burkhardt, EPA Duluth, pers. comm.).]

-------
                                              9-18

Table 9-6.  Bioconcentration Factors (BCF) of Inorganic Priority Pollutants.3


Inorganic Pollutant                            Log BCFb
Metals
Methylmercury
Phenylmercury
Mercuric acetate
Copper
Zinc
Arsenic
Cadmium
Lead
Chromium IV
Chromium III
Mercury
Nickel
Thallium
Antimony
Silver
Selenium
Beryllium
Nonmetals
Cyanide
Asbestos

4.6
4.6
3.5
3.1
2.8
2.5
2.5
2.2
2.1
2.1
2.0
1.7
1.2
ND
ND
ND
ND

ND
ND
"Adapted from Tetra Tech (1986b).
bND: No data.

-------
	9-19	

contaminants of concern for bioaccumulation analysis by providing a general indication of the relative
potential for various chemicals to accumulate in tissues.

The strategy for selecting contaminants for tissue analysis should include three considerations, all of which
are related to regulatory concern:

       •     the target analyte is a contaminant of concern and is present in the sediment as determined
             by sediment chemical analyses

       •     the target analyte has a high potential to accumulate and persist in tissues

       •     the target analyte is of toxicological concern.

Contaminants with a lower potential to bioaccumulate, but which are present at high concentrations in the
sediments, should also be included in the target list because bioavailability can increase with concentration.
Conversely, contaminants with a high accumulation potential and of high toxicological concern should be
considered as targets,  even if they  are only present at low concentrations in the sediment. Nonpriority-
pollutant contaminants which are found in measurable concentrations in the sediments should be included
as targets for tissue analysis if they have the potential to bioaccumulate and persist in tissues, and are of
toxicological concern.
9.5.2        Analytical Techniques

At  present, formally  approved standard methods for the analysis of priority  pollutants  and  other
contaminants in tissues are not available. However, studies conducted for EPA and other agencies have
developed analytical methods capable of identifying and quantifying most organic and inorganic priority
pollutants in tissues. The amount of tissue required for analysis is dependent on the analytical procedure
and the tissue moisture content. General guidance, but not firm recommendations, for the amount of tissue
required, is provided in Table 8-2. The required amounts may  vary  depending on the analytes, matrices,
detection limits, and particular analytical laboratory. Tissue moisture content must be determined for each
sample to convert applicable data from a wet-weight to a dry-weight basis, however both wet-  and dry-
weight data should  be  reported.

Detection limits depend on the sample size as well as the specific analytical procedure. TDLs should be
determined for all analytes according to initial guidance in 40 CFR 136 and more definitive guidance in

-------
 	     9-20	

 EPA (1995; cf. Section 9.2). Detection limits should be specified based on the intended use of the data
 and specific needs of each evaluation.

 Existing methods for priority pollutant tissue analysis involve two separate procedures: one for organic
 compounds and another for metals. The recommended methods for the analysis of semivolatile organic
 pollutants are described in NOAA (1989). The procedure involves serial extraction of homogenized tissue
 samples with methylene chloride, followed by alumina and gel-permeation column cleanup procedures that
 remove coextracted lipids. An automated gel-permeation procedure described by Sloan et al. (1993) is
 recommended for rapid, efficient, reproducible sample cleanup. The extract is concentrated and analyzed
 for semivolatile organic pollutants  using GC with capillary fused-silica columns to achieve sufficient
 analyte resolution. If dioxin (i.e., 2,3,7,8-TCDD) analysis is being performed, the methods of Mehrle et
 al. (1988), Kuehl et al. (1987), Smith et al. (1984), EPA (1989b; Method 8290), or EPA (1990c;  Method
 1613) should be consulted. EPA  Method 1613 is the recommended procedure for measuring the tetra-
 through octa-PCDDs and PCDFs.

 Chlorinated hydrocarbons (e.g., PCBs and chlorinated pesticides) should be analyzed by GC/ECD. PCBs
 should be quantitated as specific congeners (Mullin et al., 1984; Stalling et al.,  1987) and not by industrial
 formulations (e.g., aroclors) because the levels of PCBs in tissues result from complex processes, including
 selective accumulation and metabolism (see the discussion of PCBs in Section 9.3.2).  Lower detection
 limits and positive identification of PCBs and pesticides can be obtained by using chemical ionization
 mass spectrometry.

 The same  tissue extract is analyzed for  other  semivolatile pollutants (e.g., PAHs,  phthalate esters,
 nitrosamines, phenols, etc.) using GC/MS as described by NOAA (1989), Battelle (1985), and Tetra Tech
 (1986b). These GC/MS methods are similar to EPA Method 8270 for solid wastes and soils (EPA, 1986a).
 Lowest detection limits are achieved by operating the mass spectrometer in the SIM mode. Decisions to
 perform analysis of nonchlorinated  hydrocarbons and resulting data interpretation should consider that
 many of these analytes are readily metabolized by most fish and many invertebrates. Analytical methods
 for analysis of tissue samples for volatile priority pollutants are found in Tetra Tech (1986b).

Tissue lipid content is  of importance in the  interpretation  of bioaccumulation information. A lipid
determination should be performed on biota submitted for organic analysis if: (1) food chain models will
be used; (2) test organisms could spawn during the test; (3) special circumstances occur (Tier IV), such
as those requiring risk assessment. Bligh and Dyer (1959) provide an acceptable method, and the  various
available methods are evaluated by Randall et al. (1991).

-------
                                              9-21

Analysis for priority pollutant metals involves a nitric acid or nitric acid/perchloric acid digestion of the
tissue sample and subsequent analysis of the acid extract using AAS or inductively coupled plasma-atomic
emission spectrometry (ICP) techniques. Procedures in Tetra Tech (1986b) and EPA (1991c) are generally
recommended. NOAA (1989) methods may also be used and are recommended when low detection levels
are required.  Microwave technology may  be used  for tissue digestion to reduce contamination and to
improve recovery of metals (Nakashima et al., 1988). This methodology is consistent with tissue analyses
performed by NOAA (1989), except for the microwave heating steps. Mercury analysis requires the use
of cold-vapor AAS methods (EPA, 1991c). The matrix interferences encountered in analysis of metals in
tissue may require case-specific techniques for overcoming interference problems. If tributyltin analysis
is  being performed, the methods of Rice et al.  (1987) or Uhler et al. (1989) should be consulted.

-------
                   EVALUATE EXISTING
                 INFORMATION; (POSSIBLE
                    LIMITED TESTING
                   FOR EXCLUSIONS)
   WATER COLUMN
   MEASURE AND
  MODEL DISSOLVED
   CONTAMINANTS;
  COMPARE TO WQS
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
  MODEL SUSPENDED
  PHASE; DETERMINE
TOXICITY AFTER MIXING
      CONDUCT
   CASE-SPECIFIC
   TOXICITY TESTS
                                        BENTHOS
CALCULATE THEORETICAL
   B10ACCUMULAT1ON
  POTENTIAL; COMPARE
    TO REFERENCE
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
      MEASURE
  BIOACCUMULATION;
 COMPARE TO FDA LIMITS
  AND TO REFERENCE
       CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
       TOXICITY;
   BIOACCUMULATION;
     OTHER TESTS
                                  TIER I
                           (GENERALLY REPRESENTS
                            EXISTING INFORMATION)
    TIER II
(SOLELY CONCERNED
 WITH CHEMISTRY)
    TIER III
 (GENERIC BIOASSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
 BIOACCUMULATION]
      TESTS)
    TIER IV
 (SPECIFIC BIOSSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
 BIOACCUMULATION]
 AND OTHER TESTS)

-------
                                              10-1

 10.0           GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING TIER H EVALUATIONS

 10.1           Tier II: Water Column Effects

 If a water column determination cannot be made in Tier I, the Tier II water column evaluation must be
 conducted for comparison with numeric water-quality  standards (WQS) (Section  5.1). There are two
 approaches for the Tier II  water  column evaluation for WQS compliance. One approach is to  use
 numerical models provided in Appendix C of this manual as a screen, assuming conservatively that all
 of the contaminants in the dredged material are released into the water column during the disposal process.
 The other approach applies the same model, using the  results from a chemical analysis of an elutriate
 prepared from the dredged material (Section  10.1.2.1).


 10.1.1         Screen Relative To WQS

 A screening approach may reduce the evaluation effort for dredged material that will cause only minimal
 water column impact. In a typical disposal  operation,  most contaminants remain associated with the
 dredged material that  settles to the bottom and cause limited water column impact during descent. The
 screen is not a requirement but is intended to reduce the effort required to develop information required
 for factual determinations.

 Appendix C provides  guidance on which numerical computer or  analytical models should be  applied to
 particular dredged material  disposal projects  and the  information  that is  necessary to perform  the
 evaluations. Versions of models for use on IBM-compatible microcomputers and example applications are
 provided on the diskettes in the pocket inside the back cover of this manual. The output of the appropriate
 model is used to determine if additional testing is needed.

 The model need be run only for the contaminant of concern that requires the greatest dilution. If this
 contaminant is shown to meet the WQS,  all of the other contaminants that require less dilution will also
 meet the WQS. The contaminant requiring the greatest dilution is determined by calculating the dilution
 that would be required to meet the  WQS. To determine  the dilution D, the following equation is solved
for each contaminant of concern in terms of dissolved concentrations:

                             D = ((Cs x  SS/1000) — Cwq] / (Cwq — Cds)

where         Cs      =      concentration of the contaminant in the  dredged material expressed  as
                             micrograms per kilogram (ug/Kg), on a dry weight  basis;

-------
 	10-2	

               SS      =       suspended  solids concentration  in  the dredged material  discharge
                               expressed as grams per liter (g/L);
               1000   =       conversion factor, g  to Kg;
               C"wq     =       WQS in micrograms per liter (ug/L);  and
               Cds      =       background concentration of the contaminant at the disposal site in
                               micrograms per liter (ug/L).

 Note that if the concentration of the constituent in the dredged material (Cs x SS/1000) is less than Cwq,
 no calculation is necessary since no dilution is required.  Note also that, if the ambient disposal-site water
 concentration (Cds) of a constituent is greater than Cwq, water quality at the disposal site cannot be met by
 dilution. Appendix C provides detailed information for performing  the above calculations and identifying
 the contaminant of concern requiring the greatest dilution.

 The concentration of this contaminant is then modeled to determine its maximum concentration in the
 water column outside the boundary of the mixing zone. If this concentration is below the applicable WQS,
 no additional testing is necessary to make a determination regarding WQS. If the concentration is higher,
 additional testing is  necessary, as described in Section 10.1.2.

 Note that the procedure described above cannot be used to evaluate water column impact. It can be used
 only to determine whether additional testing for potential  water-column impact, as described in Section
 10.1.2, is necessary.
10.1.2         Elutriate Analysis Relative To WQS

For an elutriate analysis, the numerical mixing model (Appendix C) is run with chemical data obtained
from  an elutriate test conducted on the dredged material. The standard elutriate analysis is  described in
Section 10.1.2.1 and the analytical procedures for measuring constituents in the water are provided in
Section 9.4.2. The  model is,  in  effect,  using data  that more accurately represent the  contaminant
concentrations that will be present in the  water column after consideration of mixing. If the numerical
model (Appendix C) predicts that the concentration of all contaminants of concern at the edge of the
mixing zone is  less than the available, applicable WQS, the  dredged material complies  with WQS.
Otherwise, it does not.

-------
	10-3	

10.1.2.1                      Standard Elutriate Preparation

The standard elutriate test is used to predict the release of contaminants to the water column resulting from
open water disposal. Prior to use,  all labware should be  thoroughly  cleaned  as  appropriate for the
contaminant analysis. At a minimum, labware should be washed with detergent, rinsed with acetone, five
times with tap water, placed in a clean 10% HC1 acid bath for a minimum of 4 h, rinsed five times with
tap water, and then thoroughly flushed with either distilled or deionized water.

The elutriate should  be prepared  by using water from the dredging site. Enough elutriate should be
prepared for the chemical analyses and for the water column toxicity tests in Tier III.

The elutriate is prepared by subsampling approximately 1 L of the dredged material from the well-mixed
original sample. The dredged material and unfiltered water are then combined in a sediment-to-water ratio
of 1:4 on a volume basis  at room temperature (22  ± 2°C). This is best accomplished by  volumetric
displacement. After the correct ratio is achieved, the mixture is stirred vigorously for 30 min with  a
mechanical or magnetic stirrer. At 10 min intervals, the mixture is also stirred manually to ensure complete
mixing. After the 30 min mixing period, the mixture is allowed to settle  for 1 h. The supernatant is then
siphoned off without disturbing the settled material, and  centrifuged to remove particulates prior to
chemical analysis (approximately 2,000 rpm for 30 min, until visually clear).  If the elutriate is to be used
for toxicity  testing, refer to the procedures in Section 11.1.4.
10.1.2.2                      Chemical Analysis

Analytical procedures for specific constituents in water are provided in Section 9.4.2.


10.1.2.3                      Comparison with  WQS (Standard Elutriate Test)

The model need be run only for the contaminant that  requires the greatest dilution  to make a WQS
determination. This contaminant may or may not be the  same as that run in the screen (Section 10.1.1).
Calculations must therefore be conducted for all of the contaminants detected during analysis  of the
elutriate to determine which one requires the greatest dilution. The contaminant requiring the greatest
dilution is determined by calculating the dilution that would be required to meet the WQS. To determine
the dilution D, the following equation is solved for each contaminant of concern in terms of dissolved
concentrations:

-------
                                              10-4

                              D = (Ce-Cwq)/(Cwq-Cds)

                      concentration of the dissolved contaminant in the standard elutriate in micrograms
                      per liter (ug/L). All other terms are as previously defined in Section 10.1.1.
 10.2           Theoretical Bioaccumulation Potential (TBP) of Nonpolar Organic Chemicals

 The TBP is an approximation of the equilibrium concentration in tissues if the dredged material in
 question were the only source of contaminant to the organisms. The TBP calculation in Tier II is applied
 as a coarse screen to predict the magnitude of bioaccumulation  likely to be associated with nonpolar
 organic contaminants in the dredged material.  At present the TBP calculation can be performed only for
 nonpolar organic chemicals such as PCBs. However, methods for TBP calculations with metals and polar
 organic compounds are under development and may be added to this manual in the future. For the present,
 bioaccumulation potential of polar organic compounds, organometals, and metals in dredged material can
 only be tested (in Tiers III or IV), not calculated. However, it is still useful to calculate the TBP,  which
 provides an indication of the magnitude of bioaccumulation of nonpolar organic compounds that may be
 encountered in testing at higher tiers. Additionally,  if the TBP of the nonpolar organic  compounds
 indicates that these contaminants are not bioavailable,  this calculation may eliminate the need for further
 evaluation of these compounds and thereby  reduce efforts in higher tiers.

 Nonpolar organic chemicals include  all organic compounds  that do not dissociate or form ions. This
 includes the chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides, many other halogenated hydrocarbons, PCBs, many  PAHs
 including all the priority pollutant PAHs,  dioxins and furans. It does not include  metals  and  metal
 compounds, organic acids or salts, or organometallic complexes such as tributyltin or methyl mercury.

 The environmental distribution of nonpolar organic chemicals is controlled largely by their solubility in
 various media. Therefore, in sediments they tend to occur primarily in association with organic matter
 (Karickhoff, 1981). In organisms they are found primarily in the body fats or lipids (Konemann  and van
 Leeuwen, 1980; Geyer et al, 1982; Mackay,  1982; Bierman, 1990). Bioaccumulation of nonpolar organic
 compounds from dredged material can be estimated from the organic carbon content of the material, the
 lipid content of the organism, and the relative affinities of the chemical for sediment organic carbon and
 animal lipid content.

The TBP calculation assumes that various lipids in different organisms and organic carbon in different
sediments are similar and have similar distributional properties. Other simplifying assumptions  are that
chemicals are freely exchanged between  the  sediments and tissues  and  that  compounds  behave

-------
 	10-5	

 conservatively. In reality, compound size and structure may influence accumulation, and  portions of
 organic compounds present on suspended particulates may have kinetic or structural barriers to availability.
 Another important assumption implicit in the TBP calculations is that there is no metabolic degradation
 or biotransformation of the chemical. Organic-carbon normalized contaminant concentrations are used such
 that the sediment-associated chemical can  be characterized as totally bioavailable to  the organism.
 Calculations based on these assumptions yield an environmentally conservative TBP value for the dredged
 material if the dredged material in question is the only source of the contaminant for the organism.
 However, note that TBP calculations are not valid for sediments with TOC < 0.2%.

 It is possible to  relate the  concentration of a chemical in one phase of a two-phase  system to the
 concentration in the second phase when the system is in equilibrium. The TBP calculation focuses on the
 equilibrium distribution of  a chemical between the dredged material or reference sediment  and the
 organism. By normalizing nonpolar organic chemical concentration data for lipid content in organisms,
 and organic carbon in dredged material or reference sediment, it is possible to estimate the preference of
 a chemical for either phase.  This approach is based on the work of Konemann and van Leeuwen (1980)
 and Karickhoff (1981).

 McFarland (1984) took the approach one step farther. He calculated that the equilibrium concentration of
 nonpolar organic chemicals, which the lipids of an organism could accumulate as a result of exposure to
 dredged material, would be about 1.7 times the organic carbon-normalized concentration of the chemical
 in the dredged material. Concentrations are directly proportional  to the lipid content of the organism and
 the contaminant content of the dredged material or reference sediment, and are inversely proportional to
 the organic carbon content of the dredged  or reference material (Lake et al., 1987).

 The possible chemical concentration in an  organism's lipids [the lipid bioaccumulation potential (LBP)]
 would  theoretically be 1.7 times  the concentration  of that chemical in the  sediment organic  carbon.
 Rubinstein et al. (1987) have shown, based on field studies with PCBs, that a value of 4 for  calculating
 LBP is appropriate. However, note that more precise  values for specific  chemicals are now available.
 Current information on such values may be obtained from the ACOE Contaminated Sediment Bulletin
 Board  (BBS:  phone  number is 601-634-4380; settings  are  N, 8, 1).  LBP represents the potential
 contaminant concentration in lipid if the sediment is the only source of that contaminant to the organism.
 It is generally desirable to convert LBP to whole-body bioaccumulation potential for a particular organism
 of interest. This is done by  multiplying LBP by that organism's lipid content, as determined by lipid
 analysis or from reported data. Soft-bodied invertebrate lipid contents may range from 1-2% wet weight
 (based on data from an oligochaete, midge, and amphipod species [G. Ankley, EPA Duluth and  H.  Lee,
EPA Newport, pers. comm.]).

-------
	10-6	

Theoretical bioaccumulation potential (TBP) can be calculated relative to the biota sediment accumulation
factor (BSAF) as
                      TBP = BSAF (C,/ %TOC) %L


where TBP is expressed on a whole-body wet-weight basis in the same units of concentration as Cs, and


       Cs     =   concentration of nonpolar organic chemical in the dredged  material or reference
                  sediment (any units of concentration may be used);


       BSAF =   4 (Ankley et al., 1992c)


       %TOC =   total organic carbon content of the dredged material or reference sediment expressed
                  as a decimal fraction (i.e., 2% = 0.02); and

       %L    =   organism lipid content expressed as a decimal fraction (i.e., 3% = 0.03) of whole-
                  body wet weight.

This calculation is based on work by McFarland and Clarke  (1987).

-------
                   EVALUATE EXISTING
                 INFORMATION; (POSSIBLE
                    LIMITED TESTING
                    FOR EXCLUSIONS)
    WATER COLUMN
    MEASURE AND
  MODEL DISSOLVED
   CONTAMINANTS;
  COMPARE TO WQS
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
  MODEL SUSPENDED
  PHASE; DETERMINE
TOXICITY AFTER MIXING
     CONDUCT
   CASE-SPECIFIC
   TOXICITY TESTS
      BENTHOS
CALCULATE THEORETICAL
   BIOACCUMULATION
  POTENTIAL; COMPARE
    TO REFERENCE
  MEASURE TOXICITY;
      MEASURE
  BIOACCUMULATION;
COMPARE TO FDA LIMITS
  AND TO REFERENCE
      CONDUCT
    CASE-SPECIFIC
      TOXICITY;
  BIOACCUMULATION;
     OTHER TESTS
                                  TIER I
                           (GENERALLY REPRESENTS
                            EXISTING INFORMATION)
    TIER II
(SOLELY CONCERNED
 WITH CHEMISTRY)
    TIER III

(GENERIC BIOASSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
BIOACCUMULATION]
     TESTS)
    TIER IV

 (SPECIFIC BIOSSAY
   [TOXICITY AND
 BIOACCUMULATION]
 AND OTHER TESTS)

-------
                                              11-1

11.0          GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS TESTS

Biological effects tests, i.e., toxicity tests, may be necessary if Tier I evaluations conclude that the dredged
material contains contaminants which  might result in an unacceptable  adverse  impact to the benthic
environment  and/or the water column. Toxicity tests with whole sediment are used to determine the
potential for effects on benthic (bottom dwelling) organisms; toxicity tests with suspensions/solutions of
dredged material are conducted to determine the potential effects on water column organisms.

The objective of water column toxicity tests is  to  determine the  potential  impact of dissolved  and
suspended contaminants on  organisms  in the water column, after considering mixing. Test  organisms
should be representative of appropriately sensitive water column species existing in the vicinity of the
disposal site.

The objective of benthic toxicity tests is to determine the potential impact of whole sediment on benthic
organisms at and beyond the boundaries of the disposal site. The organisms used in testing  should be
representative of appropriately sensitive infaunal or epifaunal organisms existing in the vicinity of the
disposal site.  Benthic toxicity tests are intended to determine the potential chemical toxicity of a dredged
material as distinct from its  physical (e.g., grain-size)  effects. Some organisms, particularly marine, are
affected by differences in sediment textures or absence of sediments (McFarland, 1981; DeWitt et al.,
1988). Control and  reference  sediments  should  be  selected to minimize any artifactual  effects of
differences in grain size. If the sediment texture varies considerably between the dredged material and the
control or reference sediments, any possible effects of grain size have to be determined and considered
when designing the tests and evaluating the test results (e.g., DeWitt et al., 1988).
11.1          Tier HI:  Water Column Toxicity Tests

Tests to evaluate dredged-material impact on the water column involve exposing test organisms to an
elutriate dilution series containing both dissolved and suspended components of the dredged material. The
test organisms are added to the exposure chambers and exposed for a prescribed period (usually 96 h
though some tests, e.g., bivalve  larvae, may be  run for shorter periods). The surviving organisms are
examined at specified intervals and/or at the end of the test to determine if the test material is producing
an effect. An introductory guide to general toxicity testing is presented in Part 8000 of APHA (1989)  and
in ASTM (1994b). Biological testing aspects of these reference publications may be followed as long as
they do not conflict with this manual.

-------
                                               11-2

11.1.1         Species Selection

Three species are recommended for use in the water column exposure and should represent different phyla
where possible (Table 11-1). The rationale for testing more than a single species is to cover the potential
range of differing species sensitivities and to be environmentally protective. Of the species tested, at least
one needs to be a sensitive benchmark (starred) species except as provided below; however, this does not
preclude the use of more than one benchmark species. Those non-benchmark species listed in Table 11-1
or other species can be used if a summary of test conditions and test acceptability criteria similar to the
starred benchmark species are established, and data from reference toxicity tests (see Appendix G.2.10.5.2)
are provided on the sensitivity of the species. In order to be technically justfied, species proposed for use
regionally and  not listed in  Table 11-1 would need to meet the species characteristics criteria, provided
later in this Section, and proponents need to generate the following supporting information:

        •       data from toxicity tests using a set of reference chemicals with differing modes of action
               demonstrating that the proposed species is as sensitive or more sensitive than the species
               in Table 11-1

        •       summary of test conditions and test acceptability criteria.

If species proposed for use regionally are tested in  conjunction  with a  benchmark species,  the above
supporting information is desirable but not needed.  However, if the  region substututes all species, the
above information is  needed.

The test organisms may be from healthy laboratory cultures or may be field collected, but not from within
the influence of former or active disposal sites or other discharges. Ideally, the test species should be the
same or closely related to those species that naturally dominate biological assemblages in the  vicinity of
the disposal site. Species characteristics  to consider  when designing  water-column tests  include, not in
order of importance:

        •       readily available year-round
        •       tolerate handling and laboratory conditions
        •       give consistent, reproducible response to toxicants
        •       related phylogenetically and/or by ecological requirements to species characteristic of the
               water column of the disposal site area in the season of the proposed disposal
        •       standardized test protocols  are available
        •       can be readily tested as juveniles or larvae to increase sensitivity
        •       important ecologically, economically, and/or recreationally
        •       appropriately sensitive.

-------
	11-3	

Table 11-1.    Candidate Toxicity Test Species for Determining  Potential Water Column Impact of
              Dredged Material Disposal. Details of testing procedures are provided in Appendix E.
 Crustaceans
   Mysid shrimp, Mysidopsis sp.* (N)d
                 Neomysis americana* (N)
                 Holmesimysis costata* (N)
   Grass shrimp, Palaemonetes sp. (N)
   Commercial shrimp, Penaeus sp. (N)
   Cladocerans, Daphnia magna* (F)d
                Daphnia pulex* (F) d
                Ceriodaphnia dubia* (F)d

 Fish
   Silversides, Menidia sp.* (N) (E)d
   Sheepshead  minnow,
   Cyprinodon  variegates*  (N)d
   Speckled sanddab, Citharicthys stigmaeus (N)
   Grunion, Leuresthes tenuis (N)
   Fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas* (F)d
 Bluegill sunfish, Lepomis macrochirus (F)
 Channel catfish, Ictalurus punctatus (F)
 Rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss* (F)

Bivalves
 Larvae of
    Oyster, Crassostrea sp.* (N,E)a
    Mussel, Mytilus edulis* (N,E)a
Echinoderms
 Larvae of
     Sea urchins,  Strongylocentrotus sp.
                  (N)
                  Lytechinus pictusb (N)
     Sanddollar, Dendraster sp.*^ (N)
Note:  Examples are not presented in order of importance; however, the asterisks indicate sensitive
       recommended benchmark species. Benchmark species comprise a substantial data base, represent
       the sensitive range of a variety of ecosystems, and provide  comparative data on the relative
       sensitivity of local test species. Other species may be designated in future as benchmark species
       by EPA and USAGE when the data on their response to contaminants are adequate.

a      fertilized egg to hinged, D-shaped prodissoconch I larvae. Note that these two species can be used
       in estuarine waters down to appropriate low levels of salinity (see Appendix E).
b      fertilized egg to pluteus larvae
c      sperm fertilization
d      These species can also be used in sublethal, chronic testing (methods for such testing are available
       but not detailed  in this manual).
For the purpose of this manual, related to the tolerances of the test animals, (F) = Freshwater, salinity <
1 %o   (N) = Near Coastal, salinity > 25%e   (E) = Estuarine, salinity l-25%c.  It is recognized that the
commonly accepted salinity range for estuaries is l-35%c and near coastal salinity is usually greater than
30%o salinity.

-------
                                              11-4

In addition to species occurring at the disposal site, other representative commercially available species
or sensitive life stages of economically important species may be used. Mysids of the genera Mysidopsis,
Neomysis, or Holmesimysis are highly recommended as test species. Embryo-larval stages of echinoderms,
crustaceans, molluscs, or fish are also appropriate organisms.  Adult fish and  molluscs  and large
crustaceans must not be used for water column toxicity testing because of their generally greater resistance
to contaminants, except as additional test organisms where data on economically important species are
necessary to address public or regional concerns.

Regardless of their source, test organisms should be collected and handled as gently as  possible. They
should be gradually acclimated to the test conditions if test conditions differ from holding conditions. Field
collected organisms must  be tested within 2 weeks of  collection. Animals from established laboratory
cultures can be held indefinitely. Further details on methods are provided in ASTM (1994b).
11.1.2         Apparatus

Water column toxicity tests are generally conducted as static exposures in pre-cleaned glass chambers
equipped with covers to minimize evaporation. The size of the chambers depends on the size of the test
species. Before use, all glassware  should be washed with detergent, rinsed five times with tap water,
placed in a clean 10% HC1 acid bath for a minimum of 4 h, rinsed with acetone, five times with tap water,
and then thoroughly flushed with either distilled or deionized water.

Equipment and facilities must provide acceptable lighting requirements and temperature control. An
environmental incubator or  a water-bath system  that allows temperature  control within ±1°C is
recommended.
11.1.3         Laboratory Conditions

Water column toxicity tests should be conducted under conditions known to be non-stressful to the test
organisms. Salinity for marine/estuarine organisms should be stable within ±2%o and, for all organisms,
temperature should be stable within ±2°C throughout the exposure period. Dissolved-oxygen concentration
should not be allowed to fall below an absolute minimum of 40% saturation for warm water species and
60% for cold water species.  The temperature, salinity (if appropriate), dissolved oxygen, and pH in the
test containers should be measured and recorded daily. Measurements of other parameters, for instance
ammonia, may also be useful but need not be done daily.

-------
	11-5	

11.1.4         Laboratory Procedures

Elutriate Preparation
Elutriate should be prepared using water collected from the dredging site. Disposal  site water, clean
seawater or freshwater, or artificial sea/salt mixtures should be used as dilution water for the tests. If
sea/salt mixtures are used, they must be prepared in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
and allowed to age (with aeration) to ensure that all salts are in solution and pH has stabilized before use
in any test. The elutriate is prepared by subsampling approximately 1 L of the homogenized dredged-mate-
rial sample. The dredged material and unfiltered dredging site water are then combined in a sediment-to-
water volumetric ratio of 1:4 at room temperature (22 ± 2°C). The mixture is then stirred vigorously for
30 min with a mechanical or magnetic stirrer. At 10 min intervals, the mixture is also stirred manually
to ensure complete mixing. After the 30 min mixing period, the mixture is  allowed to settle for 1 h. The
liquid plus the material remaining in suspension after the settling period represents the  100% liquid plus
suspended particulate phase. The supernatant is then carefully siphoned off, without disturbing the settled
material, and  immediately used for testing. With some very fine-grained dredged materials, it may be
necessary to centrifuge the supernatant until the suspension is clear enough for the organisms to be visible
in the testing chamber. Note that 15-40 L of elutriate may need to be prepared to test some species.

Test Design
The number of replicate exposure chambers per treatment should be determined according to the guidance
in Appendix E.  A minimum of five replicates per treatment and 10 organisms (except zooplankton or
larvae) per replicate is generally recommended. Organism loading density must be low enough to avoid
overcrowding  stress.

At least three  concentrations of the dredged-material elutriate should be tested; recommended treatments
are  100%, 50%, and 10%. Water from the same  source in which the animals were held prior to testing
must be included as a control treatment subject to test survival acceptability criteria for controls (Appendix
G).  To properly  evaluate the test results, any toxicity at 100% dilution water should also be determined.

The test organisms should be approximately  of equal size and/or age  and assigned  randomly to the
different treatments. Zooplankton and larvae are usually transferred with the aid of a pipette. Air must not
be trapped on  or under the animals during the transfer process. Larger animals may be transferred in fine-
mesh  nets. Animals which are dropped or exhibit abnormal behavior should be discarded.

The test  chambers should be covered  and randomly placed in an incubator or water bath. The test type
is static non-renewal; the control and test solutions are not replaced. During the exposure period, aeration
should not be  supplied (unless necessary to keep dissolved oxygen concentration above 40% saturation

-------
                                              11-6

for warm water species or 60% for cold water species), and the test solutions should not be stirred. Some
species of crustaceans, particularly larval forms, may require feeding during the test. All food used must
be analyzed to ensure that it is acceptably free of contaminants and will support survival, growth or
reproduction of test organisms (cf. EPA, 1994b).

Recommended test duration is 48-96 h for zooplankton and some larvae (e.g., oysters) and up to 96 h for
other organisms. For bivalve larvae, the ASTM (1994c) procedure should be used. Useful procedures for
other organisms are given in ASTM (1994b). For some tests, intermediate time observations may be made
of survival but, for other tests, survival is only assessed at the end of the testing period. For intermediate
observations, care must be taken to minimize any stress to the test organisms. Only the number of living
organisms are counted, not the number of dead. An animal is judged dead if it does not move either after
the water is  gently  swirled or  after a sensitive part of its body is gently touched with a probe. At
intermediate observations, a pipette or forceps is used to remove dead organisms, molted exoskeletons,
and food debris.

If greater than acceptable mean mortality or abnormal development occurs in the control as defined in the
procedures for proper conduct of that test, the test  must be  repeated. Further QA/QC considerations are
provided in Appendix G.
11.1.5         Data Presentation and Analysis

Data Presentation
The data for each test species should be presented in separate tables that include the following information:

        •       the scientific name of the test species
        •       the number of organisms in each treatment at the start of the test
        •       the number of organisms alive at each observation period, if applicable
        •       the number of organisms recovered alive and/or in normal health from each chamber at
               the end of the  test
        •       additional information including water quality and any behavioral or other abnormalities.

Data Analysis
It is possible that no mortality  or other effects will be observed in any of the treatments or that survival
or other effects in the dredged  material treatments will be equal to or higher than in the control or in the
dilution water treatments. In either of  these situations, there is no need for statistical analysis and no
indication of water column toxicity attributable to the dredged material. However, if survival or other

-------
                                              11-7

effects in the dilution water treatment is at least 10% greater than the 100% dredged-material treatment,
the data have to be  evaluated statistically  to determine whether the dredged-material suspension is
significantly more toxic than the dilution water. If the 100% dredged-material treatment is not statistically
different from the dilution water, the dredged material is predicted not to be acutely toxic to water column
organisms. An LC50 should not be calculated unless at least 50% of the test organisms die in at least one
of the serial  dilutions  .  If there are no  mortalities greater than 50%,  then the LC50  is assumed to be
>100%. If a statistical difference exists and greater than 50% mortality or other effects occur in all of the
treatments, it is not possible to calculate  an LC50 or EC50 value. If the conditions  are highly toxic,  such
that the 10%  treatment has greater than 50% mortality, further dilution must be made (new treatments of
less than 10% dredged material) to attain a survival of greater than 50% and determine the LC50 or  EC50
by interpolation. Statistical procedures recommended for analyzing the test data are described in detail in
Appendix D.
11.1.6         Conclusions

The Tier III water-column effects evaluation involves using a numerical model comparison with the WQS.
Descriptions of the models and applications are given in Appendix C, and the models are provided on the
diskettes that can be found in the pocket inside the back cover of this manual.

The modeled concentrations of the dredged material (expressed as percentages) are compared to 0.01 of
the 48- or 96-h LC50 or EC50, depending on the test duration. The maximum allowable concentration
outside the mixing zone is 0.01 LC50 or EC50. Note that the 0.01 factor is intended for acute mortality data
(e.g.,  relating acute  to chronic toxicity) and not for more subtle effects such as abnormalities, growth or
reproduction, including EC50 data (NAS, 1972). However, in the absence of other alternatives, the 0.01
application factor should be applied to EC50 data although it is recognized  that these results will  be
conservative and that derivation of this historic application factor was largely a matter of "best professional
judgement" by  the NAS (1972).  Thus, site-specific review may be required in some cases to determine
compliance.
11.2           Tier III: Benthic Toxicity Tests

Toxicity tests with whole sediment are designed to determine whether the dredged material is likely to
produce unacceptable adverse effects on benthic organisms. In benthic toxicity tests, the test animals are
exposed to the whole sediment and any effects recorded.

-------
                                               11-8

11.2.1         Species Selection

Species representing three life history strategies are recommended for use in the whole sediment toxicity
tests, one each representing a filter feeder, deposit feeder and a burrowing organism where possible (Table
11-2).  The rationale for testing more than a single  species is to cover the  range of differing species
sensitivities and to be environmentally protective. No single species is adequately protective of the broad
range of possible chemical contaminants nor of the equally broad range of possible biological responses.
Of the species tested, at least one sensitive benchmark (starred) species needs to be be used in all cases
except as provided below; however, this does not preclude the use of benchmark species representative
of all three required categories. If only two different species are being tested they should, together, cover
the following three life history strategies: filter feeder, deposit feeder, burrower.  Since amphipods  are
excellent organisms for short term toxicity, they are recommended as one of the species to be tested. Non-
benchmark species listed in Table 11-2  can be used if a summary of test conditions and test acceptability
criteria similar to the starred benchmark species are established and data from reference toxicity tests (see
Appendix G.2.10.5.2)  are provided on the  sensitivity of the species. In order be technically justified,
species proposed for use regionally and not listed in Table 11-2 need to meet the species characteristics
criteria provided later in this section and proponents need to provide the following supporting information:

        •      data from toxicity  tests using a set of reference chemicals with differing  modes of action
               demonstrating that the proposed species is as sensitive or more sensitive  than the species
               in Table 11-2

        •      summary of test conditions and test acceptability criteria.

If species proposed for use regionally are tested in conjunction with a benchmark species,  the above
supporting  information is desirable but not required.  However, if the region substitutes all species,  the
above information is needed.

Benthic organisms are used to evaluate the potential benthic impact of dredged material disposal. Testing
of contaminated  sediments  (e.g., Word et al.,  1989; Gentile  et al., 1988; Rogerson et al.,  1985) and
regulatory program experience since 1977 under the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act and
the Clean Water Act have shown that different species have various degrees of sensitivity to the physical
and chemical composition of sediments.

To accurately evaluate potential benthic impact, appropriately sensitive toxicity test  species should be
related as closely as possible, both phylogenetically and ecologically, to benthic organisms in the disposal

-------
	11-9	

Table 11-2.     Candidate Acute Toxicity Test Species for  Determining Potential Benthic Impact of
               Dredged-Material Disposal. Details of testing procedures are provided in Appendix E.
               Additional guidance is provided in ASTM (1994d,e,f,g) and EPA (1994c,d).
 Amphipod Crustaceans
   Ampelisca abdita* (N)a [d,b]
   Rhepoxynius abronius* (N) [d,b]
   Grandidierella japonica (N) [d,b]
   Corophium sp. (N) [f,d,b]
   Leptocheirus plumulosus* (E,N)a [d,b]
   Eohaustorius estuarius* (E) [d,b]
   Hyalella azteca* (E,F)a [d,b]

 Polychaetes
   Neanthes arenaceodentata (N)a [d,b]

 Juvenile Bivalves (clams)
   Paper pondshell freshwater mussel, Anodonta
   imbecillis (F)  [f,b]
Crustaceans other than Amphipods
 Mysid shrimp,  Mysldopsis sp. (N) [f,d]
                Neomysis americana (N) [f]
                Holmesimysis costata (N) [f]
 Commercial shrimp, Penaeus sp. (N) [d,b]
 Grass shrimp, Palaemonetes sp. (N,E)b [d]
Insect Larvae
 Midges,    Chironomus tentans* (F)a
            C. riparius* (F)a [d,b]
 Mayfly, Hexagenia limbata (F) [d,b]

Oligochaetes
 Prlstina leidyi (F) [d,b]
 Tubifex tubifex (F)a [d,b]
 Lumbriculus variegatus (F)a [d,b]
[d,b]
Note:  Examples are not presented  in order of importance;  however, the asterisks indicate sensitive
       recommended benchmark species. Benchmark species comprise a substantial data base, represent
       the sensitive range of a variety of ecosystems, and provide comparative data on the  relative
       sensitivity of local test species. Other species may be designated in future as benchmark species
       by EPA and the  USAGE when the data on their response to contaminants are adequate. Only
       benthic species should be tested. Although sediment dwellers are preferable, intimate contact with
       sediment is acceptable. Note that testing with all recommended taxa is not required; however, at
       least one starred amphipod taxon must be tested.

[f = filter feeder; d = deposit feeder;  b = burrower]. Note that A. abdita, L. plumulosus, C. tentans, and
H. limbata are not direct filter feeders, but are suspension feeders.

a      These species can also be used in sublethal, chronic testing (methods for such testing are available
       but not detailed in this manual).

b      This species can be used in estuarine waters  down to appropriate low levels of salinity (see
       Appendix E).

For the purposes of this manual, related to the tolerances of the test animals, (F) = Freshwater,  salinity
< 1%0   (N) = Near Coastal, salinity > 25%c  (E) = Estuarine, salinity l-25%o. It is recognized  that the
commonly accepted salinity range for estuaries is l-35%o and near coastal water is usually greater than
30%c salinity.

-------
                                               11-10

site area. Commercially important but possibly less sensitive benthic species in the vicinity of the disposal
site may also be considered for testing.

Sediment grain size is likely to vary substantially between the dredged material, the reference sediment,
and the control sediment. If candidate test species are overly sensitive to the different grain sizes (for
instance, excessive mortality in the reference sediments attributable to grain size and not to other factors),
either this must be taken into account (e.g., DeWitt et al., 1988) or other, more grain-size tolerant species
should be considered for the project.

Final selection of  test species for a particular  dredged material disposal project should be  made  in
consultation with  regional regulatory and scientific  personnel.  Two phylogenetically and ecologically
different species are recommended to account  for different sensitivities to contaminants. The following
is a list, not necessarily in order  of importance, of characteristics to consider for species selection:

    •  readily available year-round
    •  preferably ingest sediments
    •  tolerate grain  sizes of dredged material and control and reference sediments  equally  well  or
       differences should be accounted for
    •  give consistent, reproducible  response to toxicants
    •  tolerate handling and laboratory conditions
    •  related phylogenetically and/or by ecological requirements to species characteristic of the benthic
       environment of the disposal site area in the season of the proposed disposal
    •  standardized test protocols are available
    •  important  ecologically, economically, and/or  recreationally
    •  appropriately sensitive.

Infaunal amphipods are excellent organisms for short term toxicity tests with whole sediment (Swartz et
al., 1979, 1985; Mearns and Word, 1982; Rogerson et al., 1985; Nebeker et al., 1984; Gentile et al., 1988;
Scott and Redmond, 1989; Word et al., 1989; Burton, 1991), and are strongly recommended as appropriate
test species for acute toxicity bioassays in  marine/estuarine/fresh waters. Guidance on available testing
procedures (static,  10-d exposures) provided in ASTM (1994d,e) may be followed on all points that do
not conflict with this manual. Infaunal amphipods are:

    •  sensitive
    •  readily available
    •  as a group, tolerant of a  wide range of grain  sizes and laboratory exposure conditions
    •  ecologically relevant to most dredged material disposal  sites.

-------
	11-11	

The identity of all species should be verified by experienced taxonomists, particularly for animals collected
in the field. If the toxicity test animals are also to be used in estimating bioaccumulation potential, the
factors discussed in Section 12.1.1 for species selection should also be considered.
11.2.2         Laboratory Procedures

General Test Procedures
Acceptable water quality parameters during testing include but are not necessarily restricted to:

    •   the correct temperature and pH range
    •   adequate oxygen levels
    •   proper lighting
    •   the correct salinity range (near coastal and estuarine organisms)
    •   the correct hardness range (fresh water organisms)
    •   the absence of, or insignificant concentrations of, toxicants such as ammonia.

Amphipod and  other small  organism tests are often, but not always, conducted in 1 L containers under
static conditions (Appendix E). Static renewal or even flow-through methods such as those described by
Redmond et  al. (1989)  or Benoit et al. (1993)  may  be required for certain tests or where static non-
renewal conditions would result in unacceptable build-up of, for instance, ammonia and/or sulfides (see
second  and third paragraphs, Ammonia and Sulfide toxicity, this section).

Before use, all glassware should be washed with detergent, rinsed with acetone, five times with tap water,
placed in a clean 10% HC1 acid bath for a minimum of 4 h, rinsed five times with tap water, and then
thoroughly flushed with either distilled or deionized water.  Equipment and facilities must provide
acceptable lighting requirements and temperature control. An environmental incubator or a water-bath
system  that allows temperature control within ± 1°C is recommended.

Dilution water should not be stressful to the test organisms, and should be stable throughout the exposure
period.  Salinity for marine/estuarine organisms should be stable within ± 2%c and, for  all organisms,
temperature  should  be  stable within ± 2°C  throughout the  exposure  period.   Dissolved oxygen
concentration should  not be allowed to fall below an absolute minimum of 40% saturation for warm
water species and 60% for cold water species. The flow to the exposure chamber should be directed to
achieve good mixing  without disturbing the sediment on the bottom of the chamber.

-------
                                             11-12

A  minimum of five replicate exposure chambers for the dredged material, reference, and control is
recommended. The  standard test duration is 10 d.

The quantity of sediment needed depends on the size of the exposure chambers. The sediment should
be deep enough to meet the biological needs of the test organisms, i.e., allow organisms to burrow in
their normal position, etc. Overcrowding of organisms must be avoided.

Prior to use in toxicity tests, sediments must be thoroughly homogenized. Very small amounts of clean
diluent water may be added to facilitate  mixing. If separation into liquid and solid phases occurs in
posthomogenization storage, remixing will be required prior to usage.

The reference and control sediments, as well as the dredged material being tested, may contain live
organisms. If necessary, macrobenthic organisms can be removed by press-sieving the sediments through
an appropriately sized screen immediately prior to testing. The material remaining on the screen should
be noted and discarded.

The experimental procedure described in ASTM (1994d) should be followed for preparing the exposure
chambers for amphipod toxicity tests. For larger exposure chambers, sediment should be placed on the
bottom of the exposure chamber and covered with clean diluent water;  any sediment suspended during
placement should be allowed to settle for 24 h before introducing the test organisms. In continuous-flow
tests, the flow should be established after most of the suspended sediment has settled, usually 12 to 24
h,  but at least 1 h before introducing the test organisms.

During the exposure period,  daily records should be kept of obvious mortalities, emergence of infaunal
organisms, formation of tubes or burrows, and any other or unusual behavior. Daily records of  water
quality (e.g., dissolved oxygen, salinity (if appropriate), ammonia, temperature, pH) should be maintained
using test containers appropriate for this purpose. In flow-through or static-renewal systems, water quality
may be kept within acceptable bounds by increasing the flow rate or frequency of water changes.

After the exposure period, live organisms are removed to clean diluent water, which may include sieving
the sediments, and  then counted. If  greater than acceptable mean mortality occurs  in the  control, as
defined in the procedures for proper conduct of that test, the test must be repeated.  Organisms which
show  any  response to gentle probing of sensitive parts or gentle  swirling of the water should be
considered alive.  Sediment dwellers (e.g., amphipods) not recovered at the end of the test  have  to be
considered dead.  If organisms from these toxicity  tests are to  be used in  estimating bioaccumulation
potential, the survivors are gently and rapidly counted and then treated as described  in Section 12.

-------
                                             11-13

Ammonia and Sulfide Toxicity
Whether ammonia is or is not a contaminant of concern depends on the disposal site. In order to identify
elutriate or  solid phase dredged material toxicity due  to  ammonia, it is  essential to make routine
measurements of ammonia on appropriate test fractions. These measurements are compared to water-only
toxicity data for the same species used in the dredged material test (see Appendix F).  The water-only
toxicity data generated separately should be generated under conditions (e.g.,  pH, test length) reasonably
similar to those in the test with the dredged material. If ammonia concentrations are too  low to have
potentially caused  the observed toxicity  in the dredged  material sample, other contaminants  are
responsible  for the  toxicity.  If ammonia concentrations  are high enough to have caused the  observed
toxicity, toxicity identification evaluation (TIE) procedures should be used to confirm this suspicion.
When there is no TIE confirmation that ammonia is responsible for sediment toxicity, it must be assumed
that  persistent contaminants  other than ammonia are causing toxicity.  Full details of procedures to
identify ammonia as a toxicant in toxicity tests with dredged material are provided in Appendix F.

Whenever chemical evidence of ammonia is present at lexicologically important levels, i.e.  ammonia
concentrations exceed the species-specific acceptability ranges shown below  (or 20 mg/L for freshwater
organisms),  and ammonia is  not a contaminant of concern  at the disposal site, the laboratory analyst
should set up one or more beakers explicitly for the purpose of measuring interstitial ammonia. Ammonia
in the sediment interstitial water should be reduced to below the species-specific level shown below (or
to below  20 mg/L  for  freshwater organisms) before adding the  benthic  test organisms. Ammonia
concentrations in the interstitial water can be reduced by sufficiently aerating the sample  at saturation
and replacing two volumes of water per day. The analyst should measure interstitial ammonia  each day
until it reaches a concentration below the appropriate species-specific level (or <20 mg/L for freshwater
organisms).  After placing the test organisms in the sediment, the analyst should ensure that  ammonia
concentrations remain within an acceptable  range by conducting the toxicity test with continuous flow
or volume replacement not to exceed two volumes per day. Peer-reviewed papers that deal with  ammonia
in sediments include: Dewitt et al. (1988), Scott and Redmond (1989), Burton (1991), EPA (1992, 1994c,
1994d), Benoit et al. (1993),  Ankley  et al. (1991, 1992a, 1992c, 1994).
      General Acceptability Ranges for Ammonia in Marine and Estuarine Amphipod Sediment
                                         Toxicity Tests.
Parameter
Ammonia (total mg/L, pH 7.7)
Ammonia (unionized mg/L, pH 7.7)
Rhepoxynius
<30
<0.4
Ampelisca
<30
<0.4
Eohaustorius
<60
<0.8
Leptocheirus
<60
<0.8

-------
                                             11-14

The chemistry and toxicology of sulfides is less well-understood than that of ammonia. However, sulfides
are not likely to be a problem in most open-water situations,  or in bioassays where adequate oxygen
levels are maintained in the overlying water.
11.2.3         Chronic/Sublethal Tests

Chronic/sublethal responses to sediment are presently only available, in addition to the end-point of
survival, for a very few toxicity tests, for example: the amphipods Hyalella azteca, Ampelisca abdita and
Leptocheirus plumulosus; the midges Chironotnus  tentans and C. riparius; the oligochaetes  Tubifex
tubifex and Lumbriculus variegatus, and the polychaete Neanthes arenaceodentata. [Note: EPA has
recently developed chronic sediment toxicity test methods for freshwater organisms (C. tentans and H.
azteca).  EPA and USAGE are jointly developing a chronic sediment toxicity  test method manual for
marine and estuarine organisms (L. plumulosus). These documents are currently under review and will
be published as standard methods manuals.]  Unlike acute toxicity tests, there is presently no consensus
as to what level of chronic/sublethal effects (e.g., reduction of growth, reproduction, fecundity, survival
of young) is cause for concern. Further, there is also no  consensus as  to when such effects would
preclude disposal or would constitute unacceptable adverse effects requiring some type of management
action. Hence, chronic/sublethal tests are not presently part of Tier III  in this national manual. However,
regional testing manuals may apply appropriate chronic/sublethal tests to sediments in advance of their
inclusion in this national manual provided this is done with a benchmark species (e.g., C. tentans) or in
addition to the benchmark testing.

Guidance for conducting the above tests may  be found in  publications including Nebeker and Miller
(1988), Nebeker et al. (1984), Johns and Ginn (1990), Johns et al. (1990), Ingersoll and Nelson (1990),
Dillon et al. (1993), Phipps et al. (1993), McGee et al. (1993). Burton (1991) provides a comprehensive
review of freshwater sediment toxicity tests. Survival and growth are  the endpoints of all of these tests.
In addition, some tests also measure reproductive end-points.

Criteria for control acceptability for chronic/sublethal tests are specific  to the test  and organism. If
control criteria are exceeded, the test must be repeated.
11.2.4         Data Presentation and Analysis

Data Presentation
The  data for  each test species should be presented in  separate tables that  include the following
information:

   •  scientific name of the test species

-------
                                              11-15

    •   number of organisms in each treatment at the start of the test
    •   number of organisms recovered alive and/or in normal health from each chamber at the end of
       the test (including positive and negative controls)
    •   information regarding emergence, burrowing, tube building, behavioral abnormalities, growth,
       reproduction, and any other observations
    •   water-quality data for each test chamber for each day.

Data Analysis
It is possible that neither mortality nor other effects will be observed in any of the treatments or that
survival in the dredged material will be equal to or higher than survival in the reference or control
sediments. In either of these  situations, there is no need for statistical analysis and no indication of
adverse effects due to the dredged material. Similarly, if survival is higher in test sediments than in the
control, but lower than in the reference  area, and control survival is at acceptable levels (i.e., 90% or
greater survival), there is no need for statistical analysis and no indication of benthic toxicity due to the
dredged material. However, if survival in the reference sediment is higher than in the dredged material
treatments and exceeds the allowable  percent difference between the two treatments, the data have to be
analyzed statistically to determine whether there is a significant difference between the reference and
dredged material.  Statistical procedures recommended for analyzing benthic acute toxicity data are
described in detail in Appendix D. Local guidance must be developed to interpret chronic/sublethal tests.
11.2.5         Conclusions

Guidance on the use of the results to reach a determination is provided in Section 6.2.


11.3           Tier IV: Chronic/Sublethal Effects Evaluations

At present, it is not appropriate to incorporate sediment chronic/sublethal effects testing in this national
manual (see Sections 6.0 and 11.2.3).  When standardized chronic effects tests are approved, they will
be incorporated in Tier III. Until then, such non-standard tests should be used in Tier IV except where
regional testing manuals apply such tests in advance of their inclusion in future revisions of this national
manual, provided this is done with a benchmark species or in addition to the benchmark testing.


11.4           Tier IV: Case Specific Evaluations

Biological effects  tests in Tier IV should be used only in situations that warrant special investigative
procedures. They may include chronic/sublethal tests, field studies such as benthic infaunal studies (EPA,
1992), experimental studies such as in situ toxicity tests or toxicity identification evaluation (Ankley et

-------
                                              11-16

al., 1992a), risk assessments and/or no effects levels for aquatic life. In such cases, test procedures have
to be tailored for specific situations, and general guidance cannot be offered.  Such studies have to be
selected, designed, and evaluated as the need arises, with the assistance of administrative and scientific
expertise from EPA and USAGE, and other  sources as appropriate.

-------
WATER COLUM
EVALUATE EXISTING
INFORMATION; (POSSIBLE
LIMITED TESTING
FOR EXCLUSIONS)
N
MEASURE AND
MODEL DISSOLVED
CONTAMINANTS;
COMPARE TO WQS

MEASURE TOXICITY;
MODEL SUSPENDED
PHASE; DETERMINE
TOXICITY AFTER MIXING


BENTHOS
CALCULATE THEORETICAL
BIOACCUMULATION
POTENTIAL; COMPARE
TO REFERENCE

MEASURE TOXICITY;
MEASURE
BIOACCUMULATION;
COMPARE TO FDA LIMITS
AND TO REFERENCE

CONDUCT
CASE-SPECIFIC
TOXICITY TESTS

CONDUCT
CASE-SPECIFIC
TOXICITY;
BIOACCUMULATION;
OTHER TESTS
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
       TIER I

(GENERALLY REPRESENTS
 EXISTING INFORMATION)
      TIER II
  (SOLELY CONCERNED
   WITH CHEMISTRY)
      TIER III

  (GENERIC BIOASSAY
     [TOXICITY AND
  BIOACCUMULATION]
       TESTS)
      TIER IV

   (SPECIFIC BIOSSAY
     [TOXICITY AND
   BIOACCUMULATION]
   AND OTHER TESTS)

-------
	12-1	

12.0          GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING BIOACCUMULATION TESTS

Bioaccumulation is defined in relation to disposal activities in the Definitions section at the beginning of
this manual.


12.1          Tier III:  Determination Of Unavailability

Unavailability tests  are  designed to evaluate  the  potential  of benthic  organisms to bioaccumulate
contaminants of concern from the proposed dredged material. Lee et al. (1989) and Boese and Lee (1992)
discuss bioaccumulation methodology in detail and may be followed on any matter that does not conflict
with this manual. Tier III bioavailability tests are based on analysis of tissues of organisms after 28 d of
exposure (see Section  6.3). Although time series testing is a component of Tier IV bioaccumulation
testing, it may also be appropriate in Tier III, for instance where Kow values are greater than 5.5 (see
Section 12.2.1).


12.1.1        Species Selection  and Apparatus

The selection of aquatic organisms for use in the determination of bioaccumulation will depend on their
inability to metabolize  some types of organic compounds, and their ability to survive exposure to the test
sediments. Two  species should be used in bioaccumulation testing where possible (Table  12-1), unless
adequate regional data are available to justify single species testing. Test species should provide  adequate
biomass for chemical analysis, and preferably ingest sediments and survive in dredged material and control
and reference sediments equally well (or where differences can be accounted for). The rationale for testing
more than a single species is to cover the range of differing species contaminant accumulation and to be
environmentally  protective. Of the species tested, at least one must be a benchmark species; however, this
does not preclude the use of more than one benchmark species.  Non-benchmark species listed in Table
12-1 can achieve benchmark status if a summary of test conditions and test acceptability criteria similar
to the starred benchmark species are provided that meet the required species characteristics criteria. To
be technically justified, species proposed for use regionally and not listed in Table 12-1 would also need
to meet the species characteristics criteria and proponents should provide a summary of test conditions and
test acceptability criteria except where species are to be tested in addition to the benchmark species. In
this latter case, this information is desirable but not needed.

-------
                                              12-2

Table 12-1.    Candidate Test Species for Determining Potential Bioaccumulation from Whole Sediment
              Tests. Details of testing procedures are provided in Appendix E; additional guidance is
              provided in EPA (1994c,d).
 Polychaetes
        Neanthes arenaceodentata* (N)
        Nereis virens* (N,E)a
        Arenicola marina (N)
 Oligochaetes
        Lumbriculus variegatus (F)*

 Insect Larvae
    Mayfly, Hexagenia limbata or sp. (F)
Bivalves
  Macoma clam, Macoma nasuta*(N,E)a
  Yoldia clam, Yoldia limatula (N)
Crustaceans
  Diporeia sp. (F)
Note:  Examples are not presented in order of importance; however, the asterisks indicate recommended
       benchmark species. Other species may be designated in future as benchmark species by EPA and
       USAGE when  the data on their response to contaminants are  adequate. Only benthic species
       should be tested. Although sediment ingesters are preferable,  intimate contact with sediment is
       acceptable.

       Only tests which do not require feeding of the organisms are included. Feeding is a research issue;
       for the present, food is not to be added because it provides additional organic carbon and can alter
       contaminant  partitioning during testing.

For the purpose of this manual, related to the tolerances of the test animals, (F) = Freshwater, salinity <
l%c  (N) = Near Coastal, salinity >  25%c  (E)  = Estuarine, salinity l-25%c.  It is recognized that  the
commonly  accepted  salinity range for estuaries is l-35%c and near coastal water is usually greater than
30%c salinity.

   a   Macoma nasuta and Nereis virens bioaccumulation tests are in the process of standardization by
       EPA; it is expected that these will, in future, be the  primary benchmark species for near coastal
       waters. Further, these two species can be used in estuarine waters down to appropriate low levels
       of salinity (see Appendix E).

-------
                                              12-3

Apparatus to be used for testing is described in Section 11.2.2. Additional requirements for voiding gut
contents  are described in Section 12.1.2.  Species characteristics to consider  when designing  bio-
accumulation tests include, not in order of importance:

    •   readily available year-round
    •   provide adequate biomass for analysis
    •   preferably ingest sediments
    •   preferably high in lipids
    •   survive in dredged material and control and reference sediments equally well, allowing adequate
       tissue for analysis
    •   tolerate handling and laboratory conditions
    •   related phylogenetically and/or by ecological requirements to species characteristic of the disposal
       site area in the season of the proposed discharge
    •   important ecologically, economically, and/or recreationally
    •   inefficient metabolizers of contaminants, particularly PAH.

Regional scientists and regulatory personnel should be consulted for additional guidance. A minimum
amount of tissue is  required for analysis,  otherwise it will  be  impossible to  quantify the amount of
contaminant present (Section 9.5.2).  Examples of the  amounts of tissue  which may be required are
provided in Table 8-2. However, the amounts shown are not set amounts; more or less may be required
depending on the analytes, matrices, detection limits, and particular analytical laboratory. If the biological
needs of the organisms or adequate voiding (e.g., clams) require the presence of sediment, uncontaminated
sand should be used  (Section 12.1.2).  Data in the form of "concentration below  detection limits" are not
quantitative; definitive concentration measurements are the goal, where such are possible within reasonable
method and target detection limits.
12.1.2         Experimental Conditions

Test conditions are similar but not identical to those described in Section 11.2.2 for whole sediment
toxicity tests. Overlying water renewal may be required to maintain adequate water quality. Food or
additional sediment should not be provided during the test. Control animals should be sampled  and
archived at both the beginning and the end of testing. If discrepancies are found during data analysis, the
archived samples can be analyzed to possibly resolve any problem(s). Due care should  be taken not to
exceed species-specific biomass loadings (overcrowding; APHA, 1989).

-------
                                              12-4

Digestive tracts of the  animals should be emptied  or  removed  immediately after termination of the
exposure period.  Sediment in digestive tracts may contain inert  constituents and the contaminants of
concern in forms which are not biologically available but which  may be incorrectly identified as such
during chemical analysis (e.g., see Lobel et al., 1991).

If the animals are large enough to make it practical, the best procedure is to excise the digestive tract.
However, test organisms are seldom large enough to allow this, and most organisms have to be allowed
to void the material, in separate aquaria in clean, sediment-free water. Some organisms will pass material
through the digestive tract only if more material is  ingested. These animals have to be purged in aquaria
with clean sand.  Animals are not fed during  the purging period. Fecal material is siphoned from the
aquaria twice during the 24-h purging period. To minimize the possibility of loss of contaminants from
tissues, purging for longer periods is not recommended. Shells or exoskeletons which generally contain
low levels of contaminants are, where possible, removed and not included in  the analysis as  their weight
would give an artificially low indication of bioavailability.

An initial time-zero of each sample is collected for tissue analysis. Tissue contaminant concentrations in
control animals must be  determined to ensure that background levels are not inordinate.  Although
procedures for Tier III and IV laboratory bioaccumulation tests have been discussed separately, it may be
possible to combine these procedures in practice. This can be done  by following the steady state (Tier IV)
bioaccumulation procedure which involves sequential time-series analyses, but initially analyzing only the
28 d sample and freezing the other samples. If these data, as part of the Tier III bioavailability evaluation,
do not allow a determination to be made, then the remaining time series samples may be analyzed and
used in the Tier IV steady-state bioaccumulation evaluation.
12.1.3         Chemical Analysis

Chemical analysis will  involve some or all of the contaminants identified in  Sections 4.2 and 9.5.1.
Analytical procedures are provided in Section 9.5.2.
12.1.4         Data Presentation and Analysis

Data Presentation
Data should be presented in tabular format, listing tissue concentration of each contaminant, by organism
and by sediment type (e.g., dredged and reference). Similar information to that detailed in Section 11.2.4

-------
	12-5	

should be  provided.  Although  bioaccumulation  species/tests cannot be used to determine  toxicity
requirements, any mortalities which occur during bioaccumulation testing must be  documented.

Data Analysis
Contaminant tissue concentrations in test organisms are statistically compared to the FDA Action Levels
(Table 6-1) (refer to Figure 3-3). These tissue  concentrations are also statistically compared  with
reference organism concentrations (Appendix D). In some cases, tissue concentrations in organisms
exposed to one or more of the dredged-material samples may be less than or equal to reference organism
concentrations. Providing the reference data are appropriate, this result indicates that bioavailability of
the contaminants of concern in the dredged material is not greater than in the reference area sediment.

The sample of organisms archived at the initiation of the exposure can be useful in interpreting results.
It can add perspective to the magnitude of uptake during the exposure period. In  some cases, elevated
body burdens may not be due to the dredged material or reference sediment, but may have been already
present in the  organisms at the start of the test.
12.1.5         Conclusions

Guidance on reaching a determination is provided in Section 6.3.


12.2           Tier IV: Determination Of Steady State Bioaccumulation

Tier IV bioaccumulation evaluation, if necessary, provides for determination, either by laboratory testing
(ASTM,  1984) or by collection of field samples, of the steady state concentrations of contaminants in
organisms exposed to the dredged material as compared with organisms exposed to  the reference site
material. Testing options include longer laboratory exposures (not discussed), collection of organisms
living in the material to be dredged and at the reference site for body burden determinations (Section
12.2.2) or in situ exposures using transplanted organisms, for instance caged mussels (not discussed). Tier
IV determinations  follow the guidance in Section 7.2.


12.2.1         Laboratory Testing

The  necessary species, apparatus and  test conditions  for  laboratory testing are those for Tier III
bioaccumulation testing (see Sections 12.1.1 and 12.1.2). Tissue samples taken at different times during

-------
                                              12-6

the exposure period provide the basis for determining the rate of uptake and elimination of contaminants.
From these rate data, the steady state concentration of contaminants in the tissues can be calculated, even
though the steady state might not have been reached during the actual exposure. For the purposes of this
test,  steady state is defined as the concentration of contaminant that would occur in tissue after constant
exposure conditions.

An initial time-zero sample of each species is collected for tissue analysis. Additional tissue samples are
collected from each of the five  replicate reference and  dredged-material exposure chambers at intervals
of, for instance, 2, 4, 7, 10, 18, and 28 d. It is critical that enough tissue is available to allow for interval
body burden analyses at the specified detection limits.

Complete tissue concentration  data should be presented in  tabular format. Recommended  statistical
methods for fitting a curve to determine steady-state tissue concentration are provided in Appendix D.
The  statistical procedures use an iterative  curve-fitting process to determine the key variables (k{Cs the
uptake rate-constant times the contaminant concentration in the sediment, and k2 the depuration rate con-
stant). An initial value for  Cs has to be supplied. When the sediment concentration of the contaminant
of concern is used, the ratio of k\lk2 is the sediment bioaccumulation factor (BAF) (Lake et  al., 1987;
Rubinstein et al., 1987), the ratio of steady-state tissue concentration to sediment concentration.

A determination is made  based on the magnitude  of  bioaccumulation from the dredged material, its
comparison with the available FDA levels,  steady-state bioaccumulation from the reference sediment, and
the body burden of reference organisms. Guidance for making determinations based on these comparisons
is provided in Section 7.2 and can include risk assessment and no effects levels for aquatic life.

Guidance on quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) considerations for bioaccumulation testing are
provided in Appendix G.3.17 and EPA (1995).
12.2.2         Field Assessment of Steady State Bioaccumulation

Field sampling programs obviate difficulties related to quantitatively considering field-exposure conditions
in the interpretation of test results, since the animals are exposed to the conditions of mixing and sediment
transport actually occurring at the disposal site. Difficulties related to the time required to conduct labora-
tory bioaccumulation studies are also overcome if organisms already living at the disposal site are used
for  field bioaccumulation studies. This approach is technically valid for predictive purposes only where
there is a true historical precedent for the proposed operation being evaluated. That is, a field assessment
can be used only where the quality of the sediment to  be dredged can be shown not to have deteriorated

-------
                                              12-7

or become more contaminated since the last dredging and disposal operation. In addition, disposal has to
be proposed for the site at which the dredged material in question has been previously disposed or for a
site of similar sediment type supporting a similar biological community. This approach is generally not
appropriate for multi-user disposal sites. Knowledge of the contaminant body burden of the organisms
living around the proposed disposal site is used in evaluating bioaccumulation results in Tier IV (Section
7.2).
12.2.2.1               Apparatus

Major items required include:

    •   a vessel capable of operating at the disposal site and equipped to handle benthic sampling devices;
       navigation equipment has to allow precise positioning
    •   sampling devices  such as a box corer, Smith-Maclntyre, Van Veen, Petersen, Ponar, Ekman or
       other benthic grab
    •   stainless steel screens to remove animals from the sediment
    •   tanks for transporting the animals to the laboratory in collection site water
    •   laboratory facilities for holding the animals prior to analysis
    •   chemical and analytical facilities as required for the desired analyses.
12.2.2.2               Species Selection

The species selected for analysis have to be present in sufficient numbers for adequate sample collection
at all stations and to provide sufficient tissue for analysis (see Section 12.1.1). The same species must be
collected at all  stations  because bioaccumulation cannot be compared across  species lines. If these
conditions cannot be met, the field assessment approach cannot be implemented.

If possible, several  samples of sufficient size for analysis should be collected at  each station to provide
a statistical estimate of variability in tissue contaminant content. Collection of more than one sample per
station, however, may prove impractical if a composite of many small organisms has to  be used or if
suitable organisms are not abundant at the disposal site.

To  minimize the numbers and collection effort required, it is desirable to select the  largest appropriate
species. However, highly mobile epifauna (such as crustaceans, certain molluscs, and fish) should not
be used, because a  relationship cannot be established between their location when  collected  and their

-------
                                              12-8

body burden at the time of collection. Therefore, relatively large, immobile species are the most desirable
organisms. However, analyses should not be conducted on single organisms as the objective is to obtain
representative data for the entire population of organisms.  Any relatively immobile species collectable
in sufficient numbers at all stations may be used, but the required collection effort increases sharply as
organism size decreases.

As discussed previously, if PAH are contaminants of concern, it is essential that bioaccumulation studies
include one or more species with very low ability to metabolize PAH. Bivalve molluscs and oligochaetes
are widely accepted  as meeting this requirement.
12.2.2.3              Sampling Design and Conduct

Sufficient tissue to obtain definitive body burden data has to be collected using the same species from
each of at least three stations within the disposal site boundaries and from an acceptable reference site.
It is mandatory that several stations be sampled, rather than collecting all of the animals at one station,
in order to provide a measure of the variability that exists in tissue concentrations in the animals in the
area. Samples from all stations should be collected on the same day if possible.
12.2.2.4              Basis for Evaluation of Bioaccumulation

Evaluations are made by comparison to contaminant concentrations in field organisms living around, but
not affected by, the disposal site, similar to the reference area approach (Section 3.1). In this case,
reference data involve at least three stations located in an uncontaminated material sedimentologically
similar to that within the disposal site, in a direction perpendicular to (i.e., not in the direction of) the
net bottom transport. If  the direction of  net  bottom transport  is not  known, at least six  stations
surrounding the disposal  site should be established in sediments sedimentologically similar to those
within the disposal site.
12.2.2.5               Sample Collection and Handling

Repeated collections should be made at the same location until an adequate tissue volume is obtained.
Gently wash the sediment obtained by the sampler through 1-mm mesh stainless-steel screens, and place
the retained organisms of the desired species in holding tanks.

-------
                                              12-9

Label the samples  clearly and return  the  organisms  to the laboratory,  being careful to keep them
separated and to maintain nonstressful  levels of temperature and dissolved oxygen. In the laboratory,
maintain them in clean water in separate containers. Do not place any sediment in the containers and do
not feed the organisms. Immediately discard any organisms that die. Remove sediment from the digestive
tracts of the organisms and, as possible, shells or exoskeletons (Section 12.1.2).
12.2.2.6               Chemical Analysis

Chemical analysis will involve some or all of the contaminants identified in Sections 4.2 and 9.5.1.
Analytical procedures are provided in Section 9.5.2.
12.2.2.7               Data Presentation and Analysis

Complete tissue concentration data for all samples should be presented in tabular format as previously
described. Since Tier IV testing will generally use non-standard methods and approaches, complete
documentation is critical. Recommended statistical methods presented in Appendix D may not include
all data analyses necessary for all Tier IV tests.
12.2.2.8               Conclusions

A determination is made based on the magnitude of bioaccumulation in organisms collected within the
boundaries of the reference site, compared with bioaccumulation in organisms living within the area to
be dredged. Guidance for making a determination based on these comparisons is provided in Section 7.2.

-------
 	13-1	

 13.0           REFERENCES

 Adams, W. I, R. A. Kimerle and J. W. Barnett, Jr. 1992. Sediment quality and aquatic life assessment.
       Environ. Sci. Technol. 26:1864-1875.

 Ankley, G.T., G.L. Phipps, E.N. Leonard, D.A. Benoit,  V.R. Mattson, P.A. Kosian, A.M. Cotter, J.R.
       Dierkes, DJ. Hansen and S.D. Mahony. 1991. Acid-volatile sulfide as a factor mediating cadmium
       and nickel bioavailability in contaminated sediment. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 10:1299-1307.

 Ankley, G.T., M.K. Schubauer-Berigan and R.O. Hoke. 1992a. Use of toxicity identification evaluation
       techniques to  identify dredged  material disposal  options: a  proposed approach.  Environ.
       Management. 16:1-6.

 Ankley, G.T., K. Lodge, D.J. Call, M.D. Balcer, L.T. Brooke, P.M. Cook, R.G. Kreis,  A.R. Carlson, R.D.
       Johnson, G.J. Neimi,  R.A. Hoke, C.W. West, J.P. Giesy, P.D.  Jones and Z.C. Fuying. 1992b.
       Integrated  assessment of  contaminated  sediments in  the lower Fox River and Green Bay,
       Wisconsin. Ecotoxicol. Environ. Safety. 23:46-63.

 Ankley, G.T., P.M. Cook, A.R. Carlson, D.J. Call, J.K. Swenson, H.F. Corcoran and  R.A. Hoke. 1992c.
       Bioaccumulation  of PCB from sediments by oligochaetes and fishes. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci.
       49:2080-2085.

 Ankley, G.T., G.J. Niemi, K.B. Lodge, H.J. Harris, D.L. Beaver, D.E. Tillitt,  T.R. Schwartz, J.P. Giesy,
       P.D.  Jones and C.  Hagley. 1993. Uptake  of planar polychlorinated biphenyls and 2,3,7,8,-
       substituted polychlorinated dibenzofurans and dibenzo-p-dioxins by birds nesting in the lower Fox
       River and Green Bay, Wisconsin.  Arch. Environ.  Contam. Toxicol. 25:12-19.

 Ankley, G.T., D.A. Benoit, J.C. Balough,  V.R. Reynoldson, K.E. Day and R.A. Hoke. 1994. Evaluation
       of  potential  confounding  factors in  sediment toxicity  tests with  three freshwater benthic
       invertebrates. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 13:627-635.

APHA. 1989. Standard Methods for the Analysis of Water and Waste Water. 17th ed. American Public
       Health Association,  American Water Works Association,  Water Pollution Control Federation,
       Washington, DC.

-------
 	13-2 	

 ASTM. 1984. Standard Practice for Conducting Bioconcentration Tests with Fishes and Saltwater Bivalve
       Molluscs. Standard Practice  No. E-1022-84. American Society for Testing  and Materials,
       Philadelphia, PA.

 ASTM. 1992.  Standard Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes. In: Annual
       Book of ASTM Standards, D 2487, Volume 04.08. American Society for Testing and Materials,
       Philadelphia, PA.

 ASTM. 1994a. Standard Guide for Collection, Storage, Characterization, and Manipulation of Sediment
       for Toxicological Testing. Method E1391-90.  In: Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water and
       Environmental  Technology,  Volume  11.04. American  Society  for  Testing  and Materials,
       Philadelphia, PA.

 ASTM. 1994b. Standard Guide for Conducting Acute Toxicity Tests with Fishes, Macroinvertebrates, and
       Amphibians. Method E 729-88. In: Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water and Environmental
       Technology, Volume 11.04. American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.

 ASTM. 1994c. Standard Guide for Conducting Static Acute Toxicity Tests Starting with Embryos of Four
       Species of Saltwater Bivalve Molluscs. Method E724-89. In: Annual Book of ASTM Standards,
       Water and Environmental Technology, Volume 11.04. American Society for Testing and Materials,
       Philadelphia, PA.

 ASTM. 1994d. Standard Guide for Conducting 10-day Static Sediment Toxicity Tests with Marine and
       Estuarine Amphipods. Method El367-92. In: Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Water and
       Environmental Technology,  Volume 11.04.  American  Society for Testing and  Materials,
       Philadelphia, PA.

ASTM. 1994e. Standard Guide for Conducting Sediment Toxicity Tests with Freshwater Invertebrates.
       Method El383-94. In: Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume  11.04. American Society for
       Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.

ASTM. 1994f. Standard Guide for Designing Biological Tests with Sediments.  Method E1525-94. In:
       Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume 11.04. American Society for Testing and Materials,
       Philadelphia, PA.

-------
	13-3	

ASTM. 1994g. Standard Guide for Conducting Sediment Toxicity Tests with Marine  and Estuarine
       Polychaetous Annelids. Method E1611-94. In: Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Volume 11.04.
       American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.

Babinchak,  J. A., J.  T. Graikoski, S. Dudley and M.  F. Nitkowski.  1977. Effect of dredge spoil
       deposition on fecal coliform counts in sediments at a disposal site. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 34:
       38-41.

Ballschmiter, K. and M. Zell. 1980. Analysis of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB's) by glass capillary gas
       chromatography, composition of technical arochlor- and clophen-PCB mixtures. Fresenius Anal.
       Chem. 302:20-31.

Battelle. 1985. Method for semivolatile organic priority pollutants in fish. Final report prepared for the
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No. 68-03-1760.

Becker, D. S. and T. C. Ginn. 1990.  Effects of sediment holding time on sediment toxicity. Report
       prepared by PTI Environmental Services, Inc. for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Region  10, Office of Puget Sound, Seattle, WA. EPA 910/9-90-009.

Benoit, D.A., G.L.  Phipps and G.T. Ankley. 1993. A simple inexpensive  miniflow system for  the
       automated renewal of overlying water in toxicity tests with contaminated sediments. Water Res.
       27:1403-1412.

Bierman, VJ. 1990. Equilibrium  partitioning and biomagnification of  organic chemicals  in benthic
       animals. Environ. Sci. Technol. 24:1407-1412.

Bligh,  E.G.  and WJ. Dyer. 1959. A rapid  method of total lipid extraction and purification. Can. J.
       Biochem.  Physiol. 37:911-917.

Bloom, N.S., E.A.  Crecelius and S. Berman. 1983.  Determination of  mercury in seawater at sub-
       nanogram per liter levels. Marine Chem. 14:49-59.

Boese, B.L. and H. Lee II. 1992. Synthesis of methods to predict bioaccumulation of sediment pollutants.
       U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency, ERL - Narragansett. ERL - N No. N232. 87pp.

-------
	13-4	

Boese, B., H. Lee II, D.T. Specht, R.C. Randall and M. Winsor. 1990. Comparison of aqueous and solid
       phase uptake for hexachlorobenzene in the tellinid clam, Macoma nasuta  (Conrad): A mass
       balance approach. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 9:221-231.

Borrego, J.  J.,  F. Arrabal, A. de Vicente,  L. F. Gomez and P. Romero.  1983. Study of microbial
       inactivation  in the marine environment. J. Water Pollut. Control Fed. 55:297-302.

Brown, J.F., Jr., R.E. Wagner, D.L. Bedard, MJ. Brennan, J.C. Carnahan and RJ. May. 1984. PCB
       transformations in Upper Hudson sediments. Northeast. Environ. Sci. 3:267-279.

Bruckhardt,  W. Ill, W.D. Watkins and S.R. Rippey. 1992. Seasonal effects on accumulation of microbial
       indicator organisms by Mercenaria mercenaria. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 58:828-831.

Burton, G. A. Jr. 1991. Assessing  the toxicity of freshwater  sediments. Environ. Toxicol.  Chem. 10:
       1587-1627.

Chen,  K.  Y., S. H. Wong and C. Y.  Mak.  1979. Effects of bottom sediments  on the survival of
       Enterobacter aerogenes in seawater. Mar. Pollut. Bull. 10:205-210.

Chiou, C.T., V.H.  Freed,  D.W.  Schmedding and  R.L. Kohnert.  1977.  Partition  coefficient  and
       bioaccumulation of selected organic chemicals. Environ. Sci. Technol. 11:475-478.

Clarke, J.U. and A.B. Gibson. 1987.  Regulatory identification of petroleum hydrocarbons in dredged
       material. Proceedings  of a  Workshop. Misc. Paper D-87-3, U.S.  Army Engineer Waterways
       Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Connolly, J.P. and R. Tonelli.  1985. Modeling kepone in the striped bass food chain of the James River
       estuary. Estuar. Coastal Shelf  Sci. 20:349-366.

Danielson, L., B. Magnussen  and S.  Westerland. 1978. An improved metal extraction  procedure for
       determination of trace  metal in seawater by atomic absorption spectrometry with electrothermal
       atomization.  Anal. Chem. Acta 98:47-55.

DeFlora, S.,  G.  P. DeRenzi and G. Badolati. 1975. Detection of animal viruses in coastal seawater and
       sediments. Appl. Microbiol. 30:472-475.

-------
	13-5	

DeWitt, T.H., G.R. Ditsworth and R.C. Swartz. 1988. Effects of natural sediment features on survival
       of the phoxocephalid amphipod Rhepoxynius abronius. Mar. Environ. Res. 25:99-124.

DeWitt, T.H., M.S. Redmond, J.E. Sewall and R.C. Swartz. 1992a. Development of a chronic sediment
       toxicity test for marine benthic amphipods. Report prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Newport, OR. Contract No. CR-8162999010.

DeWitt, T. H., R. J. Ozterich, R. C. Swartz, J. O.  Lamberson, D. W. Schults, G. R. Ditsworth, J. K. P.
       Jones, L.  Hoselton and L. M. Smith. 1992b.  The influence of organic matter quality on the
       toxicity and partitioning of sediment-associated fluoranthene. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 11:197-
       208.

Dillon, T. M., D.  W. Moore and A. B. Gibson. 1993. Development of a chronic sublethal bioassay for
       evaluating contaminated sediment with  the  marine  polychaete  worm, Nereis (Neanthes)
       arenaceodentata. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 12:589-605.

Di Toro, D.M., J.D.  Mahony, DJ. Hansen, K.D.  Scott, M.B. Hicks, S.M. Mayr and M.S. Redmond.
       1990. Toxicity of cadmium in sediments: role of acid volatile sulfide. Environ. Toxicol. Chem.
       9: 1487-1502.

Di Toro, D. M., C. S. Zarba, D. J. Hansen, W. J.  Berry, R. C. Swartz, C.  E. Cowan, S. P. Pavlou, H.
       E. Allen, N. A. Thomas and P. R. Paquin. 1991. Technical basis for establishing sediment quality
       criteria for nonionic  organic  chemicals by using equilibrium partitioning. Environ. Toxicol.
       Chem. 10:1541-1583.

Dunn, W.J., III, D.L.  Stallings, T.R. Schwartz, J.W. Hogan, J.D. Petty, E. Johanson and S.  Wold. 1984.
       Pattern  recognition for classification and  determination  of  polychlorinated biphenyls  in
       environmental samples. Anal.  Chem. 56:1308-1313.

Dutka, B. J., K. Jones, K. K. Kwan,  H. Bailey and R. Mclnnis. 1988. Use of microbial  and toxicant
       screening tests for priority site selection of degraded areas in water bodies. Water Res. 22:503-
       510.

Eckenfelder, W.W., Jr. 1980. Principles of Water  Quality Management. CBI Publishing, Boston, MA.
       717 pp.

-------
 	13-6    	

 Engler, R. M., T. Wright, C. R. Lee and T. M. Dillon. 1988. Corps of Engineer's procedures and policies
        on  dredging  and dredged material disposal (The Federal Standard). EEDP-04-8.  U.S. Army
        Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

 Engler, R., L. Saunders and T. Wright. 1991a. The nature of dredged material. Environ. Profess. 13:313-
        316.

 Engler, R., L. Saunders and T. Wright 1991b. Environmental effects of aquatic disposal  of dredged
        material. Environ. Profess. 13:317-325.

 EPA. 1978. Microbial Methods for Monitoring the Environment. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
        Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. EPA-600/8-78-017.

 EPA. 1983. Methods for the Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes. U.S. Environmental Protection
        Agency, Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory, Cincinnati, OH. 460 pp.

 EPA. 1984. Standard Operating  Safety Guides.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, Office of
        Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, DC.

 EPA. 1985. Technical Support Document for Water-Quality-Based Toxics Control. U.S. Environmental
        Protection Agency, Office of Water Enforcement and Permits, Washington, DC. EPA 440/4-85-
        032.

 EPA. 1986a. Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
        of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC.

 EPA. 1986b (revised July  1987).  U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program — Statement of Work for
        Organics Analysis, Multi-Media, Multi-Concentration. IFB WA 87K236-IFB WA 87K238. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

EPA. 1987a. An Overview of Sediment  Quality in the United  States. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Office of Water Regulations and Standards, Washington, DC. pp. A1-A42.

EPA. 1987b. Evaluation of PAH Sediment Contamination in USEPA Region  V and  the Great Lakes.
       Prepared  by  Science  Applications  International,  Chicago,  IL,  for  the U.S.  Environmental
       Protection  Agency, Region 5. EPA Contract Number 68-04-5035.

-------
 	13-7	

 EPA. 1987c. Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) for 301(h) Monitoring Programs: Guidance
       on Field and Laboratory Methods. EPA 430/9-86-004. Prepared by Tetra Tech, Inc., Bellevue
       WA, for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Office of Marine and Estuarine Protection.
       NTIS Number PB87-221164.

 EPA. 1988a. Laboratory Data Validation: Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Inorganic Analyses. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington,
       DC.

 EPA. 1988b. Laboratory Data Validation: Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Organic Analyses. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington,
       DC.

 EPA. 1988c. U.S. Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Organics Analyses, Multi-Media,
       Multi-Concentration. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC.

 EPA. 1989a. Assessing Human Health Risks from Chemically Contaminated  Fish  and Shellfish: A
       Guidance Manual. EPA-503/8-89-002.  U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Office  of
       Research and Development, Washington, DC.

 EPA. 1989b. Determination of Poly chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and Poly chlorinated Dibenzofurans
       by High  Resolution Gas Chromatography/High  Resolution Mass Spectrometry.  EPA  Method
       8290. SW-846, Revision 0. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,  DC.

 EPA. 1989c. Interim  Procedures  for  Estimating Risks Associated with Exposures to Mixtures  of
       Chlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and -Dibenzofurans (CDDs and CDFs) and 1989  Update.
       EPA/625/3-89/016. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Risk Assessment Forum, Washington,
       DC.

EPA. 1989d. Method 1613: Tetra-  through Octa- Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope Dilution
       HRGC/HRMS. Revision A. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington,
       DC.

EPA. 1990a. Specifications and Guidance for Obtaining  Contaminant-Free Sampling  Containers. U.S.
       Environmental  Protection Agency, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Directive
       #9240.0-05, April 1990.

-------
                                            13-8

EPA. 1990b. U.S. EPA Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganics Analyses, Multi-
       Media, Multi-Concentration. Document #ILM02.0. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Washington, DC.

EPA. 1990c. Tetra- Through Octa- Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope dilution HRGC/HRMS.
       Method 1613, Revision A. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington,
       DC.

EPA. 1991a.  Draft Analytical Method for Determination of Acid Volatile  Sulfide  in Sediment.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Science and Technology, Washington, DC.

EPA. 1991b. Technical Support Document for Water Quality-Based Toxics Control. EPA/505/2-90-001.
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,  Washington, DC.

EPA. 1991c. Methods for the Determination  of Metals in Environmental Samples. EPA/600-4-91-010.
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Environmental  Monitoring and  Support Laboratory,
       Cincinnati,  OH.

EPA. 1992. Sediment Classification Methods  Compendium.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Sediment Oversight Technical Committee, Washington, DC.

EPA. 1994a. Assessment and Control of Bioconcentratable Contaminants in  Surface Waters.  Public
       comment draft (Federal Register 1991,56, 13150-13151). U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
       Office of Water, Washington, DC.

EPA. 1994b. Short-Term Methods for Estimating the Chronic Toxicity of Effluents and Receiving Waters
       to Freshwater Organisms, Third Edition. EPA/600/4-91/002.  U.S.  Environmental Protection
       Agency, Cincinnati, OH.

EPA. 1994c.  Methods for Measuring  the  Toxicity and  Bioaccumulation of Sediment-Associated
       Contaminants with Freshwater Invertebrates. EPA 600/R-94/024. U.S. Environmental Protection
       Agency, Duluth, MN.

EPA. 1994d.  Methods for Measuring  the  Toxicity and  Bioaccumulation of Sediment-Associated
       Contaminants with  Marine Invertebrates. EPA 600/R-94/025.  U.S.  Environmental Protection
       Agency, Duluth, MN.

-------
	13-9	

EPA. 1995. QA/QC Guidance for Sampling and Analysis of Sediments, Water, and Tissues for Dredged
       Material Evaluations. Phase I - Chemical Evaluations. EPA-823-B-95-001. U.S. Environmental
       Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.

EPA/USACE. 1977. Environmental Protection  Agency/Corps of Engineers  Technical Committee on
       Criteria for Dredged and Fill Material, Ecological Evaluation of Proposed Discharge of Dredged
       Material into Ocean Waters.  Implementation Manual for Section  103  of Public Law 92-532
       (Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972). July 1977 (2nd printing April 1978).
       Environmental  Effects Laboratory,  U.S.  Army  Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
       Vicksburg, MS.

EPA/USACE. 1991. Evaluation of Dredged Material Proposed for Ocean Disposal - Testing Manual.
       EPA-503/8-91/001, Washington, DC.

EPRI.  1986. Speciation of selenium and arsenic in natural waters and sediments. Vol. 2. Prepared by
       Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories for the Electrical Power Research Institute. EPRI EA-
       4641.

Fleisher,  J. M. 1991. A reanalysis  of data supporting U.S.  federal bacteriological water quality criteria
       governing marine recreational waters. Res. J. Water Pollut.  Control Fed. 63:259-265.

Folk, R.L.  1980. Petrology of Sedimentary Rocks. Hemphill Publishing Co., Austin, TX. 182 pp.

Francingues, N. R., Jr., M. R. Palermo, C. R. Lee and R. K. Peddicord. 1985. Management Strategy for
       Disposal  of dredged Material:  Contaminant testing and controls. Miscellaneous Paper D-85-1.
       U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Geldreich, E.  E.  1991. Microbial water quality concerns for water supply use. Environ. Toxicol.  Water
       Qual.  6:209-233.

Gentile, J.H.,  G.G. Pesch, J. Lake, P.P. Yevich, G. Zaroogian, P. Rogerson, J. Paul, W.  Galloway, K.
       Scott, W. Nelson,  D. Johns and W. Munns. 1988. Applicability and field verification of predic-
       tive methodologies for aquatic dredged material disposal. Tech. Rept.  D-88-5. Prepared by the
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Narragansett, RI, for the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
       Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

-------
                                             13-10
 Gerba, C. P., M. S. Goyal, R. L. LaBelle, I. Cech and G. F. Bodgan. 1979. Failure of indicator bacteria
       to reflect the occurrence of enteroviruses in marine waters. Am. J. Publ. Health 69:1116-1119.

 Geyer, H., P. Sheehan, D. Kotzias and F. Korte. 1982.  Prediction of ecological behavior of chemicals:
       Relationship between physico-chemical properties and bioaccumulation of organic chemicals in
       the mussel Mytilus edulis. Chemosphere 11:1121-1134.

 Grasshof, K., M.  Ehrhardt and K. Kremling.  1983. Methods of Sea Water Analysis. 2nd, revised and
       extended version. Verlag Chemie, Weinheim. 419 pp.

 Grimes, D. J. 1975. Release of sediment-bound fecal coliforms by dredging. Appl. Microbiol. 29:109-
       111.
Hardina, C. M. and R. S. Fujioka. 1991. Soil: the environmental source of Escherichia  coli and
       Enterococci in Hawaii's streams. Environ. Toxicol. Water Qual. 6:185-195.

Helmer, R., I. Hespanhol and L. J.  Salinka.  1991. Public health criteria for the aquatic environment:
       recent WHO guidelines and their application. Water Sci. Technol. 24:35-42.

Higgins, T.R. 1988. Techniques for reducing  the costs of sediment evaluation. Tech. Note EEDP-06-2.
       U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Higgins, T.R. and C.R. Lee. 1987. Sediment  collection and analysis methods. Tech. Note EEDP-06-1.
       U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Hood, M. A., G. E. Ness and N. J. Blake. 1983. Relationship among fecal coliforms, Escherichia coli,
       and Salmonella spp. in shellfish. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 45: 122-126.

Ingersoll, C. G. and M. K. Nelson.  1990. Testing sediment toxicity with Hyalella azteca (Amphipoda)
       and Chironomus riparius (Diptera). Pp. 93-109 In: W. G. Landis and W. H. van der Schalie
       (Eds). Aquatic Toxicology and Risk Assessment:  Thirteenth volume. ASTM STP 1096. American
       Society  for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.

Johns, D.M. and T.C. Ginn. 1990. Development of a Neanthes sediment bioassay for use in Puget Sound.
       Final report prepared for USEPA Region IX by PTI Environmental Services, Bellevue, WA, EPA
       910/9-90-005. 57 pp. + appendices.

-------
 	13-11	

 Johns, D.M., T.C. Ginn and DJ. Reish. 1990. Protocol for juvenile Neanthes sediment bioassay. EPA
        910/9-90-011. Office of Puget Sound, U.S. EPA Region 10, Seattle, WA.

 Karickhoff, S. 1981. Semi-empirical  estimation  of sorption of  hydrophobic pollutants on natural
        sediments and soils. Chemosphere 9:3-10.

 Kay, S.H. 1984. Potential for biomagnification of contaminants within marine and freshwater food webs.
        Tech. Rep. D-84-7, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

 Kenaga, E.E. and C.A.I. Goring. 1980. Relationship between water solubility, soil sorption, octanol-water
        partitioning, and concentration of chemicals in biota. Pp. 78-115 In: J.G. Eaton, P.R. Parish, and
        A.C. Hendricks (Eds.), Aquatic Toxicology. ASTM STP 707. American Society for Testing and
        Materials, Philadelphia, PA.

 Konemann, H. and K. van Leeuwen. 1980. Toxicokinetics in fish: Accumulation and elimination of six
        chlorobenzenes by guppies. Chemosphere 9:3-19.

 Kuehl, D.W., P.M. Cook, A.R. Batterman, D. Lothenbach and B.C. Butterworth.  1987. Bioavailability
        of polychlorinated dibenzo-/?-dioxins and  dibenzofurans  from contaminated Wisconsin River
        sediment to carp. Chemosphere 16:667-679.

 Kuehl, D.W., B.C. Butterworth, J. Libal and P. Marquis. 1991. An  isotope dilution high resolution gas
        chromatographic-high resolution mass spectrometric method for the determination of coplanar
        polychlorinated biphenyls: application to fish and marine mammals. Chemosphere 22:849-858.

LaBelle, R. L., C. P. Gerba, S. M. Goyal, J. L. Melnick, I. Cech and G. F. Bogdam. 1980. Relationships
        between environmental factors, bacterial indicators, and  the  occurrence of enteric viruses in
        estuarine sediments. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 39:588-596.

Lake, J.L., N. Rubinstein and S. Pavignano. 1987. Predicting bioaccumulation: Development of a simple
       partition model for use as a screening tool for regulating ocean disposal of wastes. Pp. 151-166
       In:  K.L. Dickson, A.W. Maki, and W.A. Brungs (Eds.), Fate and Effects of Sediment-Bound
       Chemicals in Aquatic Systems.  Pergamon Press, New York, NY.

Lamberson,  J.O.,  T.H. DeWitt and R.C. Swartz.  1992. Assessment of sediment toxicity to marine
       benthos. Pp. 193-211. In: G.A. Burton, Jr.  (Ed.), Sediment Toxicity Assessment. Lewis Publishers,
       Ann Arbor, MI.

-------
                                             13-12

Lee, H., II, B.L. Boese, J. Pelletier, M. Winsor, D.T. Specht and R.C. Randall. 1989. Guidance Manual:
       Bedded Sediment Tests. U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency, Pacific Ecosystems  Branch,
       Bioaccumulation Team, Newport, OR. EPA-600/X-89-302.

Lee H., II, M. Winsor, J. Pelletier and R. Randall (J. Bertling and B. Coleman, programmers).  1990.
       Computerized Risk and Bioaccumulation System. EPA Report, ERLN-N137. Version 1.0. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Newport, OR.

Lee, H. II, A. Lincoff, B.L. Boese, F.A. Cole, S. P. Ferraro, J.O. Lamberson, R.J. Ozretich, R.C. Randall,
       K.R. Rukavina, D.W. Schults, K.A. Sercu, D.T. Specht, R.C. Swartz and D.R. Young.  1994.
       Ecological risk assessment of the marine sediments at the United Heckathorn Superfund site. U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Pacific Ecosystems Branch, Newport, OR. ERL-N:N269.

Lobel, P.B., S.P. Belkhode, S.E. Jackson and H.P. Longerich. 1991. Sediment in the intestinal tract: a
       potentially serious source of error in aquatic biological monitoring programs. Mar. Environ. Res.
       31:163-174.

Mackay, D. 1982. Correlation of bioconcentration  factors. Environ. Sci. Technol. 5:274-278.

Martinez-Manzanares, E., M.A. Morinigo, D. Castro, M.C. Balebona, J. M. Sanchez and J.J. Borrego.
       1992. Influence of the faecal pollution of marine sediments on the microbial content of shellfish.
       Mar. Pollut. Bull. 7:342-349.

McFarland, V.A. 1981. Effects of sediment particle size distribution and related factors on survival of
       three aquatic invertebrates: Implications for the conduct of dredged sediment bioassays. Pp.  88-
       102 In: J.B. Herbich (Ed.), Proceedings of the Thirteenth Dredging Seminar. U.S. Army Engineer
       Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

McFarland, V.A. 1984. Activity-based evaluation of potential bioaccumulation from sediments. Dredging
       '84. Proc. Am. Soc. Civ. Eng.  1:461-467.

McFarland, V.A. 1994. Evaluation of field-generated accumulation factors predicting the bioaccumulation
       potential of sediment-associated PAH compounds.  Ph.D.  Dissertation.  Northeast Louisiana
       University, Monroe, LA. 139 pp.

-------
 	13-13	

 McFarland, V.A. and J.  Clarke. 1987. Simplified approach for evaluating bioavailability of neutral
        organic chemicals in sediment. Environmental Effects of Dredging Tech. Note EEDP-01-8. U.S.
        Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

 McFarland, V.A. and J.U. Clarke. 1989. Environmental occurrence, abundance, and potential toxicity of
        polychlorinated biphenyl congeners: Considerations for a congener-specific analysis. Environ.
        Health Perspect. 81:225-239.

 McFarland, V.A., J.U. Clarke and A.B. Gibson. 1986. Changing concepts and improved methods for
        evaluating the importance of PCB's as dredged-sediment contaminants. Misc. Paper D-86-5. U.S.
        Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

 McGee, B. L., C. E.  Schlekat  and E. Reinharz.   1993. Assessing  sublethal levels of sediment
        contamination using the estuarine amphipod Leptocheirus plumulosus. Environ. Toxicol. Chem.
        12:577-587.

 Mearns, AJ. and J.Q. Word. 1982. Forecasting effects of sewage solids on marine benthic communities.
        Pp. 495-512. In: G. F. Mayer (Ed.), Ecological Stress in the New  York Bight: Science and
        Management. Estuarine Research Federation, Columbia, SC.

 Mearns, A.J.,  R.C.  Swartz,  J.M.  Cummins,  P.A.  Dinnel, P.  Plesha and  P.M. Chapman.  1986.
        Intel-laboratory comparison of a sediment toxicity test using the marine amphipod, Rhepoxynius
        abronius. Mar. Environ.  Res.  19:13-37.

 Mehrle, P.M., D.R. Buckler, E.E.  Little, L.M. Smith, J.D. Petty, P.M. Peterman, D.L. Stalling, G.M.
        DeGraeve, J.J. Coyle and WJ. Adams. 1988. Toxicity and bioconcentration of 2,3,7,8 tetrachlor-
        odibenzodioxin and 2,3,7,8 tetrachlorodibenzofuran in rainbow trout. Environ. Toxicol. Chem.
        7:47-62.

 Merck.  1989. Merck Index, llth edition. Merck & Co., Inc., Rahway, NJ.

 Mudroch, A. and S. D. MacKnight.  1991. Handbook of Techniques for Aquatic Sediments Sampling.
       CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida. 210 pp.

Mullin,  M.D., C.M. Pochini, S. McCrindle, M. Romkes, S.H. Safe and L.M. Safe. 1984. High-resolution
       PCB analysis: Synthesis and chromatographic properties of all 209 PCB congeners. Environ. Sci.
       Technol. 18:468-476.

-------
 	13-14	

 Nakaniski, H., U. Masao and Y. Kawai. 1986. Study on the modelling of the behaviour of phosphorous
        released from sediments. Ecol. Model. 31:105-123.

 Nakashima, S., R.E. Sturgeon, S.N. Willie and S.S. Berman. 1988. Acid digestion of marine sample for
        trace element analysis using microwave heating. Analyst Vol. 113.

 NAS. 1972. Water Quality Criteria 1972. A Report of the Committee on Water Quality Criteria. EPA-
        R3-73-033, National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C. 594 pp. + 3 appendices.

 Nebeker, A. V. and C.  E. Miller. 1988. Use of the amphipod crustacean Hyalella azteca in freshwater
        and estuarine sediment toxicity tests. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 7: 1027-1033.

 Nebeker, A. V., M.A. Cairns, J.H. Gakstatter, K.W. Malueg, G.S. Schuytema and D. F. Krawczyk. 1984.
        Biological  methods  for  determining  toxicity of  contaminated   freshwater  sediments  to
        invertebrates. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 3:617-630.

 NOAA. 1989. Standard Analytical Procedures of the NOAA National Analytical Facility. 2nd ed. NOAA
        Tech. Memo.  NMFS  F/NWC-92,  1985-86.  Contact: National Status and Trends Program,
        National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, NOAA N/OMA32, 11400 Rockville Pike,
        Rockville, MD 20852.

 NOAA. 1991. Contaminant Trends in the Southern California Bight: Inventory and Assessment. National
        Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Seattle, WA. NOAA Tech. Memo. NOS ORCA 62.

 Norstrom, R.J., A.E. McKinnon and A.S. deFreitas.  1976. A bioenergetic  based model for pollutant
        accumulated by fish: Simulation of PCB and methylmercury residue levels in Ottawa River. J.
        Fish. Res.  Bd. Can. 33:248-267.

Parsons, T.R.,  Y.  Maita and C.M. Lalli.  1984. A Manual of Chemical and Biological Methods for
       Seawater Analysis. Pergamon Press, N.Y., NY. 173 pp.

Phipps,  G.L., G.T. Ankley, D.A. Benoit  and V.R.  Mattson. 1993. Use of the aquatic oligochaete
       Lumbriculus variegatus for  assessing the toxicity and bioaccumulation of sediment-associated
       contaminants. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.  12:269-279.

-------
                     	13-15	

Plumb, R.H., Jr. 1981. Procedure for handling and chemical analysis of sediment and water samples.
        Tech. Rept. EPA/CE-81-1  prepared by  Great Lakes Laboratory, State University College at
        Buffalo,  Buffalo, NY, for the  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency/U.S. Army Corps  of
        Engineers Technical Committee on Criteria for Dredged and Fill Material. Published by the U.S.
        Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

Rand, G. M. and S. R. Petrocelli. 1985. Fundamentals of Aquatic Toxicology: Methods and Applications.
        Hemisphere Pub. Co., Washington, D.C. 666 pp.

Randall, R.C., H. Lee II and RJ. Ozretich. 1991. Evaluation of selected lipid methods for normalizing
        pollutant bioaccumulation. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 10:1431-1436.

Rao, V. C, K. M. Seidel, S. M. Goyal, T. G. Metcalf and J. L. Melnick. 1984. Isolation of enteroviruses
        from water, suspended solids and sediments from Galveston Bay: survival  of poliovirus and
        rotavirus adsorbed to sediments. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 48:404-409.

Redmond, M.S., K.J. Scott, K.M.  McKenna and D. Robson. 1989. Evaluation of the relative  acute
        toxicity of nearshore sediments  in Narragansett Bay. Report prepared by Science Applications
        International Corporation for U.S. EPA, Narragansett Bay Program Office. 27pp. + appendices.

Rice, C., F. Espourteille and R. Huggett. 1987. A method for analysis of tributyltin in estuarial sediments
        and oyster tissue, Crassostrea virginica. Appl. Organomet. Chem. 1:541-544.

Rogerson, P.P., S.C. Schimmel and G. Hoffman. 1985. Chemical and biological characterization of Black
       Rock Harbor  dredged material. Tech. Rept. D-85-9 prepared  by the U.S.  Environmental
       Protection Agency, Narragansett, RI, for the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
       Vicksburg, MS.

Rubinstein, N.I.,  J.L. Lake, RJ. Pruell, H. Lee, II, B. Taplin, J. Heltshe,  R. Bowen and S. Pavignano.
        1987. Predicting bioaccumulation of sediment associated organic contaminants:  Development
       of a regulatory tool for dredged material evaluation.  Tech.  Rept. D-87 prepared by the U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Narragansett, RI, for the U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
       Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS. 59 pp.

-------
                                            13-16

SAB. 1992. Technical Review of "Evaluation of Dredged Materials Proposed  for Ocean Disposal -
       Testing Manual". Report of the Sediment Quality Subcommittee of the Ecological Processes and
       Effects Committee, U.S. EPA Science Advisory Board, Washington, D.C. EPA-SAB-EPEC-92-
       014. 20 pp.

SAB. 1994. An  SAB report: Evaluation of a Testing Manual for Dredged Material Proposed for
       Discharge in Inland and Near Coastal Waters. Report of the Sediment Quality Subcommittee of
       the Ecological Processes and Effects Committee, U.S. EPA Science Advisory Board, Washington,
       DC. EPA-SAB-EPEC-94-007. 16 pp.

SAIC.  1992a. Survey of sediment toxicity in  Long Island Sound. Final report prepared by Science
       Applications International Corporation for NOAA, Rockville, MD, under Task Order 55-DSNC-
       01-00006.

SAIC. 1992b. Survey of sediment toxicity in the Hudson/Raritan Bay estuary. Final report prepared by
       Science Applications International Corporation for NOAA,  Rockville, MD, under Contract No.
       68-C8-0066.

Schwartz, T.R., R.D. Campbell, D.L. Stalling, R.L. Little, J.D. Petty, J.W. Hogan and E.M. Kaiser. 1984.
       Laboratory data base for isomer-specific determination of polychlorinated biphenyls. Anal. Chem.
       56:1303-1308.

Schwartz, T.R., D.E. Tillitt, K.P. Feltz and P.H.  Peterman. 1993. Determination of nono- and non-O,O' -
       chlorine  substituted  polychlorinated  biphenyls  in  Arochlors and  environmental samples.
       Chemosphere 26:1443-1460.

Scott, KJ.  and M.S. Redmond. 1989. The effects of a contaminated dredged material on laboratory
       populations of the tubiculous amphipod Ampelisca abdita. ASTM STP 1027. American Society
       for Testing  and Materials, Philadelphia, PA

Shiharis, M. P., A. C. Rex, G. W. Pettibone, K. Keay, P. McManus, M.  A. Res, J.  Ebersole and E.
       Gallagher. 1987. Distribution of indicator bacteria and  Vibrio parahaemolyticus in sewage-
       polluted intertidal sediments. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 53:1756-1761.

-------
                                            13-17

 Sloan, C.A., N.G. Adams, R.W. Pearce, D.W. Brown and S-L. Chan. 1993. Northwest Fisheries Science
       Center organic analytical procedures, pp. 53-97. In: G.G. Lauenstein and A.Y. Cantillo (Eds.),
       Sampling and Analytical Methods of the National Status and Trends Program, National Benthic
       Surveillance and Mussel Watch Projects 1984-1992. Vol. IV. Comprehensive Descriptors of Trace
       Organic Analytical Methods. U.S. Dept. of Commerce, NOAA Tech. Memo. NOS ORCA 71.

 Smith, E. M., C. P. Gerba and J. L. Melnick. 1978. Role of sediment in the persistence of enteroviruses
       in the estuarine environment. Appl. Environ. Microbiol.  35:685-689.

 Smith, L.M. 1981. Carbon dispersed  on  glass fibers as an adsorbent for contaminant enrichment and
       fractionation. Anal. Chem. 53:2152-2154.

 Smith, L.M.,  D.L.  Stalling and J.L. Johnson.  1984. Determination of part-per-trillion levels  of
       polychlorinated dibenzofurans and dioxins in environmental samples. Anal. Chem. 56:1830-1842.

 Southerland, E., M. Kravitz and T. Wall. 1992. Management framework for contaminated sediments (the
       U.S. EPA sediment management strategy), pp. 341-270. In: G.A. Burton, Jr. (Ed.), Sediment
       Toxicity Assessment. Lewis  Publishers, Chelsea, MI.

 Stalling,  D.L., T.R. Schwartz, W.J. Dunn, III  and S.  Wold. 1987. Classification of polychlorinated
       biphenyl residues. Anal. Chem. 59:1853-1859.

 Strickland,  J.D.H. and T.R. Parsons. 1972. A practical handbook of seawater analysis. Bull. Fish. Res.
       Bd. Canada 122:1-172.

 Sturgeon, R., S. Willie and S. Berman. 1985. Preconcentration of selenium  and antimony from seawater
       for  determination of graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrometry. Anal. Chem. 57:6-9.

 Swartz, R.C. 1989. Marine sediment toxicity tests. Pp. 115-129.  In: Contaminated Marine Sediments -
       Assessment and Remediation. National Academy Press, Washington, DC.

Swartz, R.C., W.A.  DeBen  and F.A.  Cole.  1979. A bioassay for the toxicity of sediment to marine
       macrobenthos. Water Pollut. Control Fed. 51:944-950.

-------
                                             13-18

Swartz, R.C., W.A. DeBen, J.K.P. Jones, J.O. Lamberson and F.A. Cole. 1985. Phoxocephalid amphipod
        bioassay for marine sediment toxicity. Pp. 284-307 In: R.D. Cardwell, R. Purdy, and R.C. Banner
        (Eds.),  Aquatic Toxicology and  Hazard Assessment. Seventh Symposium.  ASTM  STP  854.
        American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.

Tatem,  H.E., D.L. Brandon, C.R. Lee, A.S. Jarvis and R.G. Rhett.  1991. Effects of storage on sediment
        toxicity, bioaccumulation potential and chemistry. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Waterways
        Experiment  Station Misc. Paper EL-91-2. 62 pp.

Tavolaro, J. F. and J. M.  Mansky. 1985. Effects of dredging operations on nutrients and suspended
        sediment concentrations. Northeast Environ. Sci. 3:208-216.

Tetra Tech. 1985. Bioaccumulation monitoring guidance: 1. Estimating the potential for bioaccumulation
        of priority pollutants and 301 (h) pesticides discharged into marine and estuarine waters. Final
        report prepared by Tetra Tech, Inc.,  for the  U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency under
        Contract No. 68-01-6938.

Tetra Tech. 1986a. Analytical methods for U.S. EPA priority pollutants and 301(h) pesticides in estuarine
        and marine  sediments.  Final report prepared by Tetra Tech,  Inc., for  the  U.S. Environmental
        Protection Agency  under Contract No.  69-01-6938.

Tetra Tech. 1986b. Bioaccumulation monitoring guidance:  4. Analytical methods for U.S. EPA priority
        pollutants and 301(h) pesticides in tissues from estuarine  and marine  organisms. Final report
        prepared by  Tetra Tech, Inc., for the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No.
        68-01-6938.

Thomann, R.V. 1989. Bioaccumulation model  of organic chemical distribution in aquatic food chains.
       Environ. Sci. Technol. 23:699-707.

Uhler, A.D., T.H. Coogan, K.S. Davis, G.S. Durell, W.G. Steinhauer, S.Y. Freitas and P.D. Boehm.
        1989. Findings of tributyltin, dibutyltin and monobutyltin in bivalves from selected U.S. coastal
       waters. Environ. Toxicol. Chem. 8:971-979.

USAGE. 1976. Ecological Evaluation of Proposed Discharge of Dredged or Fill Material into Navigable
       Waters:  Interim Guidance for  Implementation of Section 404(b)(l)  of Public  Law  92-500
       (Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972). Misc. Paper D-76-17, U.S. Army
       Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.

-------
	13-19	

USACE/EPA. 1992. Evaluating Environmental Effects of Dredged Material Management Alternatives -
        A  Technical  Framework. EPA  842-H-92-008. U.S.  Army Corps  of Engineers and  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,  DC.

Van Donsel, D. J. and E. E. Geldreich. 1971. Relationship of salmonellae to fecal coliforms in bottom
       sediments. Water Res. 5:1079-1087.

Veith, G.D., KJ. Macek, S.R. Petrocelli and J. Carroll. 1980. An evaluation using partition coefficients
       and water solubility to estimate bioconcentration factors for organic chemicals in fish. Pp.  116-
       129 In: J.G. Eaton, P.R. Parish, and A.C. Hendricks (Eds.), Aquatic Toxicology. ASTM STP 707.
       American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA.

Walker, M.K., L.C. Hufnagle, M.K.  Clayton  and R.E.  Peterson. 1992. An egg injection method for
       assessing early life stage  mortality of polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxins, dibenzofurans and
       biphenyls to rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss). Aquat. Toxicol. 22:15-38.

WDNR/USGS.  1992.  Sources of pollutants in Wisconsin stormwater, April 1992. Unpublished report
       prepared by Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources and U.S. Geological Survey.

Word, J.Q.,  J.A. Ward, B. Brown, B.D. Walls  and S. Lemlich. 1989. Relative sensitivity and cost of
       amphipod bioassays. Pp. 467-473 In; Oceans '89, Vol. 2: Ocean Pollution. Institute of Electrical
       and Electronics Engineers, New York,  NY.

Wright, T.D. and L.H. Saunders. 1990.  U.S. Army Corps of  Engineers dredged material testing
       procedures. Environ. Profess.  12:13-17.

Young, D. 1988. Report on the Assessment and Application of Pollutant Biomagnification Potential in
       Near Coastal Waters. EPA Report  600/X-88/295. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, ERL-
       Narragansett N-065.

-------